DXT-X1869UB
English
COMPLETE CAR AUDIO PACKAGE
CD RDS RECEIVER,
16 cm 2-WAY SPEAKERS AND 6" × 9" 3-WAY SPEAKERS
DXT-X1869UB
Owner’s Manual
Table of Contents
Before You Start....................................................................................... 2
Getting Started........................................................................................ 3
Before You Start
Thank you for purchasing this PIONEER product
To ensure proper use, please read through this manual before using this product. It is especially
important that you read and observe WARNINGs and CAUTIONs in this manual. Please keep the
manual in a safe and accessible place for future reference.
Radio.......................................................................................................... 5
CD/USB/AUX............................................................................................. 6
Car Remote Mode ................................................................................... 7
Settings ..................................................................................................... 8
FUNCTION settings ................................................................................. 8
AUDIO settings......................................................................................... 8
SYSTEM settings ...................................................................................... 9
ILLUMINATION settings....................................................................... 10
MIXTRAX settings ................................................................................. 10
Connections/Installation ..................................................................... 10
Additional Information ........................................................................ 13
About this manual:
WARNING
• Do not attempt to install or service this product by yourself. Installation or servicing of this
product by persons without training and experience in electronic equipment and automotive
accessories may be dangerous and could expose you to the risk of electric shock, injury or other
hazards.
• Do not attempt to operate the unit while driving. Make sure to pull off the road and park your vehicle
in a safe location before attempting to use the controls on the device.
CAUTION
• Do not allow this unit to come into contact with moisture and/or liquids. Electrical shock could result.
Also, damage to this unit, smoke, and overheating could result from contact with liquids.
• Always keep the volume low enough to hear outside sounds.
1
2
3
4
Do not touch the speaker flexible wire .
Do not change the direction of the speaker terminal assembly .
Make sure lead and speaker terminals do not contact metal.
When making connections, refer also to the instruction manual of the car stereo used.
16 cm 2-way speakers
• In the following instructions, a USB memory or USB audio player are referred to as
“USB device”.
6" × 9" 3-way speakers
CAUTION
This product is a class 1 laser product classified under the Safety of laser products, IEC 60825-1:2007.
2 En
If you experience problems
Should this unit fail to work properly, please contact your dealer or nearest authorized PIONEER Service
Station.
Frequently used operations
Operation
Purpose
Basic operation
DXT-X1869UB
M.C. (multi-control) dial
SRC (source)/OFF
Press SRC/OFF to turn on
the power.
Press and hold SRC/OFF to
turn off the power.
Press SRC to turn on the
power.
Press and hold SRC to turn
off the power.
Adjust the volume
Turn the M.C. dial.
Press VOLUME + or –.
Press MUTE to mute the
unit. Press again to unmute.
Select a source
Press SRC/OFF repeatedly.
Press SRC repeatedly.
Change the display
information
Press DISP/DISP OFF
repeatedly.
Press and hold DISP/DISP
OFF to turn off the display
information.
Press DISP repeatedly.
Return to the previous
display/list
Press BAND/
Press / to select the
next/previous folder.
.
Return to the normal display Press and hold BAND/
from the menu
BAND/
Display window
DISP (display)/DISP OFF
Detach button
Remote Control
Turn on the power*
.
English
Getting Started
Head Unit
–
* When this unit’s blue/white lead is connected to the vehicle’s auto-antenna relay control terminal,
the vehicle’s antenna extends when this unit’s source is turned on. To retract the antenna, turn the
source off.
Display indication
Remote Control
Indication
/
VOLUME +/–
MUTE
Description
Appears when a lower tier of the menu or folder exists.
Appears when the
button is pressed.
Appears when the local seek tuning function is set (page 8).
FUNCTION
SRC (source)
AUDIO
DISP (display)
Appears when a traffic program is received.
Appears when the TA (traffic announcements) function is set (page 8).
Appears when the sound retriever function is set (page 8).
Appears when random play is set.
Appears when repeat play is set.
En
3
Detaching the front panel
Detach the front panel to prevent theft. Remove any cables and devices attached to the
front panel and turn off the unit before detaching it.
Detach
Attach
• If the battery leaks, remove the battery and wipe the remote control completely clean. Then install a
new battery.
• When disposing of used batteries, please comply with governmental regulations or environmental
public institutions’ rules that apply in your country/area.
Important
• Do not store the remote control in high temperatures or direct sunlight.
• Do not let the remote control fall onto the floor, where it may become jammed under the brake or
accelerator pedal.
Setup menu
When you turn the ignition switch to ON after installation, [SET UP :YES] appears in the
display.
1
Important
• Avoid subjecting the front panel to excessive shock.
• Keep the front panel out of direct sunlight and high temperatures.
• Always store the detached front panel in a protective case or bag.
Preparing the remote control
Remove the insulation sheet before use.
How to replace the battery
2
Press the M.C. dial.
The setup menu disappears after 30 seconds of no operation. If you prefer not to set
at this time, turn the M.C. dial to select [NO], then press to confirm.
Turn the M.C. dial to select the options, then press to confirm.
To proceed to the next menu option, you need to confirm your selection.
Menu Item
Description
CLOCK SET
Set the clock.
FM STEP
Select the FM tuning step from 100 kHz or 50 kHz.
[100], [50]
AM STEP
Select the AM tuning step from 10 kHz or 9 kHz.
[10], [9]
3
Insert the CR2025 (3 V) battery with the plus (+) and
minus (–) poles orientated properly.
4
[QUIT :YES] appears when all the settings have been made.
To return to the first item of the setup menu, turn the M.C. dial to select [QUIT :NO],
then press to confirm.
Press the M.C. dial to confirm the settings.
NOTES
WARNING
• Keep the battery out of the reach of children. Should the battery be swallowed, consult a doctor
immediately.
• Do not expose the battery or remote control to excessive heat such as direct sunlight or fire.
CAUTION
• There is a potential danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. When replacing the
battery, replace it with the same type.
• Do not handle or store the battery with metallic tools or objects.
4 En
• You can cancel the menu setting by pressing SRC/OFF.
• These settings can be made at any time from the SYSTEM settings (page 9) and INITIAL settings
(page 5).
Canceling the demonstration display (DEMO OFF)
1
2
Press the M.C. dial to display the main menu.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [SYSTEM], then press to confirm.
3
4
Turn the M.C. dial to select [DEMO OFF], then press to confirm.
INITIAL settings
Press and hold SRC/OFF until the unit turns off.
Press the M.C. dial to display the main menu.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [INITIAL], then press to confirm.
Turn the M.C. dial to select an option, then press to confirm.
Menu Item
Description
FM STEP
Select the FM tuning step from 100 kHz or 50 kHz.
[100], [50]
AM STEP
Select the AM tuning step from 10 kHz or 9 kHz.
[REAR/SUB.W]
Select when there is a full-range speaker connected to the rear
speaker output leads and there is a subwoofer connected to the
RCA output.
[SUB.W/SUB.W]
Select when there is a passive subwoofer connected directly to
the rear speaker output leads and there is a subwoofer
connected to the RCA output.
[REAR/REAR]
Select when there are full-range speakers connected to the rear
speaker output leads and RCA output. If there is a full-range
speaker connected to the rear speaker output leads, and the
RCA output is not used, you may select either [REAR/SUB.W] or
[REAR/REAR].
SYSTEM RESET
[YES], [CANCEL]
1
2
Press SRC/OFF to select [RADIO].
Press BAND/
[SW2].
3
to select the band from [FM1], [FM2], [FM3], [AM], [SW1] or
Press a number button (1/
to 6/
).
TIP
The
/
buttons can be also used to select a preset station when [SEEK] is set to [PCH] in the
FUNCTION settings (page 8).
Best stations memory (BSM)
The six strongest stations are stored on the number buttons (1/
[10], [9]
SP-P/O MODE
Receiving preset stations
Select [YES] to initialize the unit settings. The unit will be
restarted automatically.
(Some of the settings may be retained even after resetting the
unit.)
English
1
2
3
4
Radio
Turn the M.C. dial to select [YES], then press to confirm.
1
2
3
to 6/
).
After selecting the band, press the M.C. dial to display the main menu.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [FUNCTION], then press to confirm.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [BSM], then press to confirm.
To seek a station manually
1 After selecting the band, press
/
to select a station.
Press and hold
/
then release to seek an available station. Scanning stops
when the unit receives a station. To cancel seek tuning, press
/
.
NOTE
[SEEK] needs to be set to [MAN] in the FUNCTION settings (page 8).
To store stations manually
1 While receiving the station you want to store, press and hold one of the number
buttons (1/
to 6/
) until it stops flashing.
Using PTY functions
The unit searches for a station by PTY (program type) information.
1
Press
during FM reception.
En
5
2
3
Turn the M.C. dial to select a program type from [NEWS/INFO], [POPULAR],
[CLASSICS] or [OTHERS].
Press the M.C. dial.
The unit begins to search for a station. When it is found, its program service name is
displayed.
USB devices (including Android)
1 Open the USB port cover.
2 Plug in the USB device using an appropriate cable.
NOTE
NOTES
To automatically switch to [USB] source when a USB device is connected to the unit, set [USB AUTO] to
[ON] in the SYSTEM settings (page 9).
• To cancel the search, press the M.C. dial.
• The program of some stations may differ from that indicated by the transmitted PTY.
• If no station is broadcasting the type of program you searched for, [NOT FOUND] is displayed for
about two seconds and then the tuner returns to the original station.
Use an optional Pioneer USB cable (CD-U50E) to connect the USB device as any device connected
directly to the unit will protrude out from the unit, which could be dangerous.
PTY list
Before removing the device, stop playback.
For more details about PTY list, visit the following site:
http://www.pioneer.eu/eur/products/25/121/tech/CarAudio/PTY.html
AOA connections
For details on AOA connection, see page 7.
CAUTION
MTP connection
A device installed with Android OS 4.0 or later can be connected to the unit via MTP, using the cable
supplied with the device. However, depending on the connected device and the numbers of the files in
the device, audio files/songs may not be able to be played back via MTP. Note that MTP connection is
not compatible with WAV file formats, and cannot be used with the MIXTRAX function.
CD/USB/AUX
Playing back
NOTE
Disconnect headphones from the device before connecting it to the unit.
(eject)
SRC (source)/OFF
USB port
Disc loading slot
If you use an MTP connection, [ANDROID WIRED] needs to be set to [MEMORY] in the SYSTEM settings
(page 9).
AUX
1 Insert the stereo mini plug into the AUX input jack.
2 Press SRC/OFF to select [AUX] as the source.
NOTE
If [AUX] is set to [OFF] in the SYSTEM settings, [AUX] cannot be selected as a source (page 9).
Operations
M.C. (multi-control) dial
AUX input jack (3.5 mm stereo jack)
You can make various adjustments in the FUNCTION settings (page 8).
Note that the following operations do not work for an AUX device. To operate an AUX
device, use the device itself.
Purpose
CD
1 Insert a disc into the disc loading slot with the label side up.
To eject a disc, stop playback first then press
6 En
.
Operation
Select a folder/album*
Press 1/
or 2/
Select a track/song (chapter)
Press
or
Fast forward or reverse
Press and hold
.
.
or
.
Operation
Search for a file from a list
1 Press
to display the list.
2 Turn the M.C. dial to select the desired
file (folder) name or category, then press
to confirm.
3 Turn the M.C. dial to select the desired
file, then press to confirm.
Playback starts.
Car Remote Mode
You can operate the unit from a car remote application installed on an Android device. In
some cases, you can control aspects of the application, such as source selection, pause,
etc., by using the unit.
For details on what operations are available on the application, see the application’s help
section.
View a list of the files in the selected folder/ Press the M.C. dial when a folder/category
category*
is selected.
Play a song in the selected folder/category* Press and hold the M.C. dial when a folder/
category is selected.
Repeat play
Press 6/
.
Random play
Press 5/
.
Pause/resume playback
Press 4/PAUSE.
Return to root folder (CD/USB only)*
Press and hold
WARNING
Do not attempt to operate the application while driving. Make sure to pull off the road and park your
vehicle in a safe location before attempting to use the controls on the application.
For Android device users
This function is compatible with devices that have Android OS 4.1 or later installed and
also support AOA (Android Open Accessory) 2.0.
.
Switch between compressed audio and CD- Press BAND/
DA (CD only)
.
Change drives in USB device
Press BAND/
(Devices that support the USB mass storage
device class protocol only)
.
* Compressed audio files only
About MIXTRAX (USB only)
Making the car remote connection
1
2
3
4
5
The MIXTRAX function creates a non-stop mix of your music library. For details on
MIXTRAX settings, see page 10.
NOTES
• This function is not compatible with an Android device connected via MTP.
• When USB is selected as a source and the MIXTRAX function is in use, the sound retriever function is
disabled.
• Depending on the file/song, sound effects may not be available.
1
Press 3/MIX to turn MIXTRAX on/off.
English
Purpose
Connect this unit with the mobile device.
• Android device via USB (page 6)
Press the M.C. dial to display the main menu.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [SYSTEM], then press to confirm.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [ANDROID WIRED], then press to confirm.
Turn the M.C. dial to select [APP CONTROL] for an Android device connected via
USB.
If [ON] is selected in [P.APP AUTO ON] (page 9), the car remote application on the
Android device starts automatically, and all the steps are finished.
NOTE
6
7
If the car remote application has not been installed on your Android device yet, a message that
prompts you to install the application will appear on your Android device. Select [OFF] in [P.APP
AUTO ON] to clear the message (page 9).
Press SRC/OFF to select any source.
Press and hold the M.C. dial.
The car remote application on the mobile device starts.
En
7
Menu Item
Listening to music on Android
1
Description
LOCAL
Press SRC/OFF to select [ANDROID].
FM: [OFF], [LV1], [LV2], [LV3], [LV4] Restrict the tuning station according to the
AM/SW: [OFF], [LV1], [LV2]
signal strength.
Basic operations
Purpose
TA
Operation
Select a track
Press
Fast forward or reverse
Press and hold
or
Pause/resume playback
Press 4/PAUSE.
[ON], [OFF]
Receive current traffic information if available.
(Available only when FM band is selected.)
[ON], [OFF]
Allow the unit to retune to a different frequency
providing the same station. (Available only when
FM band is selected.)
.
or
.
AF
NEWS
Settings
[ON], [OFF]
Interrupt the currently selected source with
news programs. (Available only when FM band is
selected.)
You can adjust various settings in the main menu.
1
2
3
Press the M.C. dial to display the main menu.
Turn the M.C. dial to select one of the categories below, then press to confirm.
• FUNCTION settings (page 8)
• AUDIO settings (page 8)
• SYSTEM settings (page 9)
• ILLUMINATION settings (page 10)
• MIXTRAX settings (page 10)
ALARM
[ON], [OFF]
Interrupt the currently selected source with
emergency announcements. Select [OFF] to
disable this function.
SEEK
[MAN], [PCH]
Assign
or
buttons to seek the stations
one by one (manual tuning) or select a station
from the preset channels.
Turn the M.C. dial to select the options, then press to confirm.
S.RTRV
FUNCTION settings
The menu items vary according to the source.
Menu Item
Description
USB
[1] (effective for low compression
rates),
[2] (effective for high
compression rates),
[OFF]
BSM
Store the six strongest stations on the number
buttons (1/
to 6/
) automatically.
REGIONAL
[ON], [OFF]
8 En
AUDIO settings
Menu Item
Limit the reception to the specific regional
programs when AF (alternative frequencies
search) is selected. (Available only when FM
band is selected.)
Enhance compressed audio and restore rich
sound.
Not available when:
• USB is selected as a source and the MIXTRAX
function is set to on.
• CD-DA/CD-TEXT is played back.
Description
FADER*1
Adjust the front and rear speaker balance.
Menu Item
Description
BALANCE
Adjust the left and right speaker balance.
Set the clock (page 4).
12H/24H
[12H], [24H]
Compensate for clear sound at low volume.
SUB.W*2
[ON], [OFF]
Search for a different station with the same
programming, even if using a preset station.
[ON], [OFF]
Set to [ON] when using an auxiliary device
connected to the unit.
USB AUTO
Select the subwoofer phase.
[ON], [OFF]
SUB.W CTRL*2*3
Only frequencies lower than those in the
selected range are output from the subwoofer.
[MEMORY], [APP CONTROL]
Select the bass boost level.
Cut-off frequency: [OFF], [50HZ], Only frequencies higher than the high-pass filter
[63HZ], [80HZ], [100HZ], [125HZ], (HPF) cutoff are output from the speakers.
[160HZ], [200HZ]
Slope level: [–12], [–24]
Adjust the volume level for each source except
FM.
*1 Not available when [SUB.W/SUB.W] is selected in [SP-P/O MODE] in the INITIAL settings (page 5).
*2 Not available when [REAR/REAR] is selected in [SP-P/O MODE] in the INITIAL settings (page 5).
*3 Not available when [OFF] is selected in [SUB.W].
Select [ON] to automatically launch the car remote
application when an Android device is connected
to the unit via AOA. (Not available when
[MEMORY] is selected in [ANDROID WIRED].)
S.REMOTE*1*2
[OFF], [PIONEER], [PRESET]
SLA
Select the appropriate connection method for an
Android device.
P.APP AUTO ON
[ON], [OFF]
HPF SETTING
[+4] to [–4]
Select [ON] to automatically switch to [USB]
source when a USB device is connected to the
unit.
Select [OFF] when a USB device is being
connected to the unit just for charging.
ANDROID WIRED
BASS BOOST
[0] to [+6]
Select the time notation.
AUTO PI
AUX
LOUDNESS
Cut-off frequency: [50HZ],
[63HZ], [80HZ], [100HZ], [125HZ],
[160HZ], [200HZ]
Output level: [–24] to [+6]
Slope level: [–12], [–24]
Description
CLOCK SET
English
[SUPER BASS], [POWERFUL],
Select or customize the equalizer curve.
[NATURAL], [VOCAL], [CUSTOM1], [CUSTOM1] can be set separately for each source.
[CUSTOM2], [FLAT]
However, each of the below combinations are set
to the same setting automatically.
Select an equalizer band and
[CUSTOM2] is a shared setting used for all
level for further customizing.
sources.
Equalizer band: [80HZ], [250HZ], You can also switch the equalizer by pressing
[800HZ], [2.5KHZ], [8KHZ]
repeatedly.
Equalizer level: [+6] to [–6]
[NOR], [REV], [OFF]
You can also access to these menus when the unit is turned off.
Menu Item
EQ SETTING
[OFF], [LOW], [MID], [HI]
SYSTEM settings
Select [PIONEER] or [PRESET] according to your
wired remote control.
*1 Depending on your car, this function may not work properly. In this case, contact your dealer or an
authorized PIONEER Service Station.
*2 Please use a commercially available wiring harness for each car model when [PRESET] mode is
engaged, and use a commercially available adapter when in [PIONEER].
En
9
ILLUMINATION settings
Menu Item
Connections
DIM SETTING
[SYNC CLOCK], [MANUAL]
Change the display brightness.
BRIGHTNESS
[1] to [10]
Change the display brightness.
The available setting ranges differ depending on
[DIM SETTING].
MIXTRAX settings
Menu Item
Description
SHORT MODE
[1.0 MIN], [1.5 MIN], [2.0 MIN],
[2.5 MIN], [3.0 MIN], [OFF]
Select the length of the playback time.
MIX PATTERN
[SOUND LEVEL]
Change the MIXTRAX special effects according
to the audio level.
The mix pattern changes according to the
sound level.
[LOW PASS]
The mix pattern changes according to the bass
level.
[RANDOM]
The mix pattern changes randomly according
to the sound level mode and low pass mode.
DISP FX
[ON], [OFF]
Set the MIXTRAX special effects on/off.
CUT IN FX
[ON], [OFF]
10 En
Connections/Installation
Description
WARNING
• Use speakers over 50 W (output value)
and between 4 Ω to 8 Ω (impedance
value). Do not use 1 Ω to 3 Ω speakers for
this unit.
• The black cable is ground. When
installing this unit or power amp (sold
separately), make sure to connect the
ground wire first. Ensure that the ground
wire is properly connected to metal parts
of the car’s body. The ground wire of the
power amp and the one of this unit or
any other device must be connected to
the car separately with different screws. If
the screw for the ground wire loosens or
falls out, it could result in fire, generation
of smoke or malfunction.
Ground wire
Other devices
(Another electronic
device in the car)
POWER AMP
Metal parts of
car’s body
*1 Not supplied for this unit
Turn the MIXTRAX sound effects on/off while
manually changing the tracks.
Important
• When installing this unit in a vehicle
without an ACC (accessory) position on
the ignition switch, failure to connect the
red cable to the terminal that detects
operation of the ignition key may result
in battery drain.
ACC position
No ACC position
• Use this unit with a 12-volt battery and
negative grounding only. Failure to do so
may result in a fire or malfunction.
• To prevent a short-circuit, overheating or
malfunction, be sure to follow the
directions below.
– Disconnect the negative terminal of the
battery before installation.
– Secure the wiring with cable clamps or
adhesive tape. Wrap adhesive tape
around wiring that comes into contact
with metal parts to protect the wiring.
– Place all cables away from moving parts,
such as the shift lever and seat rails.
– Place all cables away from hot places,
such as near the heater outlet.
– Do not connect the yellow cable to the
battery by passing it through the hole
to the engine compartment.
– Cover any disconnected cable
connectors with insulating tape.
– Do not shorten any cables.
– Never cut the insulation of the power
cable of this unit in order to share the
power with other devices. The current
capacity of the cable is limited.
– Use a fuse of the rating prescribed.
– Never wire the negative speaker cable
directly to ground.
– Never band together negative cables of
multiple speakers.
• When this unit is on, control signals are
sent through the blue/white cable.
Connect this cable to the system remote
control of an external power amp or the
vehicle’s auto-antenna relay control
terminal (max. 300mA 12 V DC). If the
When using a subwoofer of 70 W (2 Ω),
be sure to connect the subwoofer to the
violet and violet/black leads of this unit.
Do not connect anything to the green
and green/black leads.
Not used.
Subwoofer (4 Ω) × 2
NOTE
Change the initial menu of this unit. Refer
to [SP-P/O MODE] (page 5). The subwoofer
output of this unit is monaural.
This unit
• The semiconductor laser will be damaged
if it overheats. Install this unit away from
hot places such as near the heater outlet.
• Optimum performance is
obtained when the unit is
installed at an angle of less
than 60°.
• When installing, to ensure proper heat
dispersal when using this unit, make sure
you leave ample space behind the rear
panel and wrap any loose cables so they
are not blocking the vents.
English
vehicle is equipped with a glass antenna,
connect it to the antenna booster power
supply terminal.
• Never connect the blue/white cable to
the power terminal of an external power
amp. Also, never connect it to the power
terminal of the auto antenna. Doing so
may result in battery drain or a
malfunction.
Power amp (sold separately)
Important
In the case of
above, two 4 Ω
subwoofers wired in parallel will represent
a 2 Ω load.
Power cord input
Rear output or subwoofer output
Antenna input
Fuse (10 A)
Wired remote input
Hard-wired remote control adapter can
be connected (sold separately).
Power cord
Perform these connections when not
connecting a rear speaker lead to a
subwoofer.
Perform these connections when using a
subwoofer without the optional amplifier.
To power cord input
Left
Right
Front speaker
Rear speaker
White
White/black
Gray
Gray/black
Green
Green/black
Violet
Violet/black
Black (chassis ground)
Connect to a clean, paint-free metal
location.
Yellow
Connect to the constant 12 V supply
terminal.
Red
Connect to terminal controlled by the
ignition switch (12 V DC).
Blue/white
Connect to the system control terminal
of the power amp or auto-antenna relay
control terminal (max. 300 mA 12 V DC).
Subwoofer (4 Ω)
Perform these connections when using the
optional amplifier.
Leave ample
space
5 cm
5 cm
System remote control
Connect to blue/white cable.
Power amp (sold separately)
Connect with RCA cables (sold
separately)
To rear output or subwoofer output
Rear speaker or subwoofer
DIN mount installation
1 Insert the supplied mounting sleeve
2
into the dashboard.
Secure the mounting sleeve by using a
screwdriver to bend the metal tabs
(90°) into place.
Installation
Important
• Check all connections and systems before
final installation.
• Do not use unauthorized parts as this
may cause malfunctions.
• Consult your dealer if installation requires
drilling of holes or other modifications to
the vehicle.
• Do not install this unit where:
– it may interfere with operation of the
vehicle.
– it may cause injury to a passenger as a
result of a sudden stop.
Dashboard
Mounting sleeve
• Make sure that the unit is installed
securely in place. An unstable
installation may cause skipping or
other malfunctions.
En
11
When not using the supplied
mounting sleeve
1
Determine the appropriate position
where the holes on the bracket and
the side of the unit match.
Speaker installation
16 cm 2-way speakers
2
Truss screw (5 mm × 9 mm)
Mounting bracket
Dashboard or console
Removing the unit (installed with
the supplied mounting sleeve)
1
2
3
Side
Tighten two screws on each side.
Remove the trim ring.
Trim ring
Notched tab
• Releasing the front panel allows easier
access to the trim ring.
• When reattaching the trim ring, point
the side with the notched tab down.
Insert the supplied extraction keys
into both sides of the unit until they
click into place.
Pull the unit out of the dashboard.
12 En
Front
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
13 mm (1/2 in.)
41 mm (1-5/8 in.)
ф 65 mm (2-5/8 in. Dia.)
ф 128 mm (5 in. Dia.)
ф 158 mm (6-1/4 in. Dia.)
ф 170 mm (6-3/4 in. Dia.)
27 mm (1 in.)
1
Determine the location of the speaker
as illustrated.
45°
ф 4.3 mm holes (3/16 in. Dia.)
ф 142 mm (5-5/8 in. Dia.)
123 mm (4-7/8 in.)
113 mm (4-1/2 in.)
100 mm (3-7/8 in.)
123 mm (4-7/8 in.)
100 mm (3-7/8 in.)
113 mm (4-1/2 in.)
ф 4.3 mm (3/16 in. Dia.)
ф 128 mm (5 in. Dia.)
3
Install the speakers as illustrated.
Speed nut
Tapping-screws (4 mm × 25 mm)
Cable (gray or white)
2
Make holes as illustrated. (If needed,
remove the door upholstery.)
6" × 9" 3-way speakers
Additional Information
Troubleshooting
A 5.6 mm × 8.7 mm holes
(3/16 in. × 5/16 in.)
B 237 mm (9-3/8 in.)
C 166.6 mm (6-1/2 in.)
D 117.5 mm (4-5/8 in.)
E 182 mm (7-1/4 in.)
F ф 4.8 mm holes (3/16 in. Dia.)
2
Install the speakers as illustrated.
Tapping-screws (4 mm × 30 mm)
The repeat play range changes
unexpectedly.
→ Depending on the repeat play range,
the selected range may change when
another folder or track is being selected
or during fast forwarding/reversing.
– Select the repeat play range again.
A subfolder is not played back.
→ Subfolders cannot be played when
[FLD] (folder repeat) is selected.
– Select another repeat play range.
Side
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
28.3 mm (1-1/8 in.)
222 mm (8-5/8 in.)
262 mm (10-3/8 in.)
77.6 mm (3 in.)
66.3 mm (2-5/8 in.)
ф 65 mm (2-5/8 in. Dia.)
153 mm (6 in.)
163 mm (6-3/8 in.)
11 mm (3/8 in.)
1
Determine the location of the speaker
as illustrated.
The sound is intermittent.
→ You are using a device, such as a cellular
phone, that may cause audible
interference.
– Move electrical devices that may be
causing the interference away from
the unit.
Error messages
Common
AMP ERROR
→ This unit fails to operate or the speaker
connection is incorrect.
→ The protective circuit is activated.
– Check the speaker connection.
– Turn the ignition switch OFF and back
to ON again. If the message remains,
contact your dealer or an authorized
Pioneer Service Station for assistance.
CD player
English
Front
The display automatically returns to the
normal display.
→ No operations have been made for
about 30 seconds.
– Perform an operation.
NO XXXX (NO TITLE, for example)
→ There is no embedded text information.
– Switch the display or play another
track/file.
ERROR-07, 11, 12, 17, 30
→ The disc is dirty.
– Clean the disc.
→ The disc is scratched.
– Replace the disc.
ERROR-07, 10, 11, 12, 15, 17, 30, A0
→ There is an electrical or mechanical
error.
– Turn the ignition switch OFF and back
to ON, or switch to a different source,
then back to the CD player.
ERROR-15
→ The inserted disc is blank.
– Replace the disc.
ERROR-23
→ Unsupported CD format.
– Replace the disc.
FORMAT READ
→ Sometimes there is a delay between the
start of playback and when you start to
hear any sound.
– Wait until the message disappears and
you hear sound.
NO AUDIO
→ The inserted disc does not contain any
playable files.
– Replace the disc.
SKIPPED
→ The inserted disc contains DRM
protected files.
– The protected files are skipped.
En
13
PROTECT
→ All the files on the inserted disc are
embedded with DRM.
– Replace the disc.
USB device
FORMAT READ
→ Sometimes there is a delay between the
start of playback and when you start to
hear any sound.
– Wait until the message disappears and
you hear sound.
NO AUDIO
→ There are no songs.
– Transfer the audio files to the USB
device and connect.
→ The connected USB device has security
enabled.
– Follow the USB device instructions to
disable the security.
SKIPPED
→ The connected USB device contains
DRM protected files.
– The protected files are skipped.
PROTECT
→ All the files on the connected USB
device are embedded with DRM.
– Replace the USB device.
N/A USB
→ The connected USB device is not
supported by this unit.
– Disconnect your device and replace it
with a compatible USB device.
HUB ERROR
→ The USB device connected via a USB
hub is not supported by this unit.
– Connect the USB device directly to this
unit using a USB cable.
CHECK USB
→ The USB connector or USB cable has
short-circuited.
14 En
– Check that the USB connector or USB
cable is not caught in something or
damaged.
→ The connected USB device consumes
more than maximum allowable current.
– Disconnect the USB device and do not
use it. Turn the ignition switch OFF
and back to ACC or ON. Connect only
compliant USB devices.
ERROR-19
→ Communication failed.
– Perform one of the following
operations, then return to the USB
source.
• Turn the ignition switch OFF and
back to ON.
• Disconnect the USB device.
• Change to a different source.
•
•
•
•
ERROR-23
→ USB device was not formatted properly.
– Format the USB device with FAT12,
FAT16 or FAT32.
STOP
→ There are no songs in the current list.
– Select a list that contains songs.
Handling guidelines
Discs and player
• Use only discs that feature either of the
following two logos.
• Use 12-cm discs.
• Use only conventional, fully circular discs.
• The following types of discs cannot be
used with this unit:
– DualDiscs
•
– 8-cm discs: Attempts to use such discs
with an adaptor may cause the unit to
malfunction.
– Oddly shaped discs
– Discs other than CDs
– Damaged discs, including discs that are
cracked, chipped or warped
– CD-R/RW discs that have not been
finalized
Do not write on or apply chemicals to the
surface of the discs.
To clean a CD, wipe the disc with a soft
cloth outward from the center.
Condensation may temporarily impair
the player’s performance. Let it rest for
about one hour to adjust to a warmer
temperature. Also, wipe any damp discs
off with a soft cloth.
When using discs that can be printed on
label surfaces, check the instructions and
the warnings of the discs. Depending on
the discs, inserting and ejecting may not
be possible. Using such discs may result
in damage to this equipment.
Do not attach commercially available
labels or other materials to the discs.
– The discs may warp making the disc
unplayable.
– The labels may come off during
playback and prevent ejection of the
discs, which may result in damage to
the equipment.
USB storage device
• Connections via USB hubs are not
supported.
• Firmly secure the USB storage device
before driving. Do not let the USB storage
device fall onto the floor, where it may
become jammed under the brake or
accelerator pedal.
• Depending on the USB storage device,
the following problems may occur.
– Operations may vary.
– The storage device may not be
recognized.
– Files may not be played back properly.
– The device may cause audible
interference when you are listening to
the radio.
Compressed audio
compatibility
• Only the first 32 characters can be
displayed as a file name (including the file
extension) or a folder name.
• The unit may not work properly
depending on the application used to
encode WMA files.
• There may be a slight delay at the start of
the playback of audio files embedded
with image data, or audio files stored on a
USB device with numerous folder
hierarchies.
CAUTION
• Pioneer cannot guarantee compatibility
with all USB mass storage devices, and
assumes no responsibility for any loss of
data on media players, smartphones, or
other devices while using this product.
• Do not leave discs or a USB storage
device in any place that is subject to high
temperatures.
WMA files
File extension
Bit rate
Sampling frequency
Windows Media™
Audio Professional,
Lossless, Voice/DRM
Stream/Stream with
video
.wma
48 kbps to 320 kbps
(CBR), 48 kbps to 384
kbps (VBR)
32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48
kHz
Not compatible
MP3 files
File extension
Bit rate
Sampling frequency
M3u playlist
MP3i (MP3
interactive), mp3 PRO
.mp3
8 kbps to 320 kbps
(CBR), VBR
8 kHz to 48 kHz (32
kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz
for emphasis)
1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4
(ID3 tag Version 2.x is
given priority over
Version 1.x.)
Not compatible
Not compatible
• WAV file formats cannot be connected via
MTP.
Sampling frequency
.wav
8 and 16 (LPCM), 4
(MSADPCM)
16 kHz to 48 kHz
(LPCM), 22.05 kHz and
44.1 kHz (MS ADPCM)
Disc
• Regardless of the length of the blank
section between the songs from the
original recording, compressed audio
discs play with a short pause between
songs.
Playable folder
hierarchy
Playable folders
Playable files
File system
Multi-session
playback
Packet write data
transfer
Playable folder
hierarchy
Up to eight tiers (A
practical hierarchy is
less than two tiers.)
Playable folders
Up to 500
Playable files
Up to 15 000
Playback of copyright- Not compatible
protected files
Partitioned USB
Only the first partition
device
can be played.
Sequence of audio files
WAV files
File extension
Quantization bits
• There may be a slight delay when starting
playback of audio files on a USB storage
device with numerous folder hierarchies.
Up to eight tiers (A
practical hierarchy is
less than two tiers.)
Up to 99
Up to 999
ISO 9660 Level 1 and
2, Romeo, Joliet
Compatible
Not compatible
The user cannot assign folder numbers and
specify playback sequences with this unit.
Sequence of audio file depends on the
connected device.
Note that the hidden files in a USB device
cannot be played back.
Example of a hierarchy
Folder
Compressed
audio file
01 to 05: Folder number
to : Playback sequence
Copyright and trademark
WMA
Windows Media is either a registered
trademark or trademark of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
This product includes technology owned
by Microsoft Corporation and cannot be
used or distributed without a license from
Microsoft Licensing, Inc.
Android™
Android is a trademark of Google Inc.
MIXTRAX
MIXTRAX is a trademark of the PIONEER
CORPORATION.
Specifications
General
Rated power source: 14.4 V DC (allowable
voltage range: 12.0 V to 14.4 V DC)
Grounding system: Negative type
Maximum current consumption: 10.0 A
Dimensions (W × H × D):
DIN
Chassis: 178 mm × 50 mm × 165 mm
Nose: 188 mm × 58 mm × 17 mm
D
Chassis: 178 mm × 50 mm × 165 mm
Nose: 170 mm × 46 mm × 17 mm
Weight: 1 kg
Audio
Maximum power output:
• 50 W × 4 ch/4 Ω (for no subwoofer)
• 50 W × 2 ch/4 Ω + 70 W × 1 ch/2 Ω
(for subwoofer)
Continuous power output:
22 W × 4 (50 Hz to 15 000 Hz, 5 %
THD, 4 Ω load, both channels driven)
Load impedance: 4 Ω (4 Ω to 8 Ω allowable)
Preout maximum output level: 2.0 V
Loudness contour: +10 dB (100 Hz), +6.5
dB (10 kHz) (volume: –30 dB)
Equalizer (5-Band Graphic Equalizer):
Frequency: 80 Hz/250 Hz/800 Hz/2.5
kHz/8 kHz
Equalization range: ±12 dB (2 dB step)
Subwoofer (mono):
Frequency: 50 Hz/63 Hz/80 Hz/100
Hz/125 Hz/160 Hz/200 Hz
Slope: –12 dB/oct, –24 dB/oct
Gain: +6 dB to –24 dB
Phase: Normal/Reverse
CD player
System: Compact disc audio system
Usable discs: Compact disc
Signal-to-noise ratio: 94 dB (1 kHz) (IEC-A
network)
Number of channels: 2 (stereo)
MP3 decoding format: MPEG-1 & 2 Audio
Layer 3
WMA decoding format: Ver. 7, 7.1, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12 (2 ch audio) (Windows Media
Player)
WAV signal format: Linear PCM & MS
ADPCM (Non-compressed)
English
Compatible ID3 tag
version
USB device
USB
USB standard specification: USB 2.0 full
speed
Maximum current supply: 1 A
USB Protocol:
MSC (Mass Storage Class)
MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)
AOA (Android Open Accessory) 2.0
File system: FAT12, FAT16, FAT32
MP3 decoding format: MPEG-1 & 2 Audio
Layer 3
WMA decoding format: Ver. 7, 7.1, 8, 9, 10,
11, 12 (2 ch audio) (Windows Media
Player)
WAV signal format: Linear PCM & MS
ADPCM (Non-compressed)
FM tuner
Frequency range: 87.5 MHz to 108.0 MHz
Usable sensitivity: 11 dBf (1.0 μV/75 Ω,
mono, S/N: 30 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio: 72 dB (IEC-A network)
AM tuner
Frequency range: 531 kHz to 1 602 kHz (9
kHz)
En
15
530 kHz to 1 640 kHz (10 kHz)
Usable sensitivity: 25 μV (S/N: 20 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio: 62 dB (IEC-A network)
SW tuner
Frequency range:
2 300 kHz to 7 735 kHz (2 300 kHz to 2
495 kHz, 2 940 kHz to 4 215 kHz, 4 540
kHz to 5 175 kHz, 5 820 kHz to 6 455
kHz, 7 100 kHz to 7 735 kHz)
9 500 kHz to 21 975 kHz (9 500 kHz to
10 135 kHz, 11 580 kHz to 12 215 kHz,
13 570 kHz to 13 870 kHz, 15 100 kHz
to 15 735 kHz, 17 500 kHz to 17 985
kHz, 18 015 kHz to 18 135 kHz, 21 340
kHz to 21 975 kHz)
Usable sensitivity: 28 μV (S/N: 20 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio: 62 dB (IEC-A network)
16 cm 2-way speakers
Reproduction system: Coaxial two way
Woofer: ф 158 mm (6-1/4 in. Dia.)
Water-resistant
Injection-molded polypropylene cone
High compliance, rolled edge
Heat-resistant voice coil
Magnet: 130 g (4.4 oz)
Tweeter: ф 30 mm (1-3/16 in. Dia.)
Dome
Nominal impedance: 4 Ω
Sensitivity: 88 dB (±1.5 dB)
Frequency response: 31 Hz to 16 kHz
(–20 dB)
Maximum music power: 200 W
Nominal power: 25 W
Grille material: Heat-proof resin
Weight (per speaker including accessory
parts): 0.45 kg (16 oz)
6" × 9" 3-way speakers
Reproduction system: Coaxial three way
Woofer: 163 mm × 237 mm
(6-3/8 in. × 9-3/8 in.)
Injection-molded polypropylene cone
High compliance, rolled edge
Heat-resistant voice coil
16 En
Magnet: 150 g (5.3 oz)
Midrange: ф 52 mm (2 in. Dia.)
Magnet: 12 g (0.5 oz)
Tweeter: ф 11 mm (3/8 in. Dia.)
Nominal impedance: 4 Ω
Sensitivity: 88 dB (±1.5 dB)
Frequency response: 28 Hz to 32 kHz
(–20 dB)
Maximum music power: 230 W
Nominal power: 30 W
Grille material: Heat-proof resin
Weight (per speaker including accessory
parts): 0.63 kg (1 lb 6 oz)
NOTE
Specifications and the design are subject
to modifications without notice.
English
17
En
18 En
English
19
En
١٧ Ar
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ Linear PCM :WAV‬و ‪MS ADPCM‬‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ(‬
‫ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ ‪FM‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﱰددات‪ ٨٧٫٥ :‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٠٨٫٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪dBf ١١ :‬‬
‫)‪ ١٫٠‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‪ ٧٥/‬أوم‪ ،‬أﺣﺎدي‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٣٠ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٧٢ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ ‪AM‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﱰددات‪ ٥٣١ :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٦٠٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪ ٩‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ ٥٣٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٦٤٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ ٢٥ :‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٢٠ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٦٢ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻒ ‪SW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﻟﱰددات‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٢٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٧٧٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ٢٣٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٢٤٩٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٢٩٤٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ‬
‫‪ ٤٢١٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٤٥٤٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٥١٧٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٥٨٢٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٦٤٥٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ٧١٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٧٧٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ ٩٥٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٢١٩٧٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪٩٥٠٠‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٠١٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١١٥٨٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٢٢١٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ١٣٥٧٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫إﱃ ‪ ١٣٨٧٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٥١٠٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ‬
‫‪ ١٥٧٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٧٥٠٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪١٧٩٨٥‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٨٠١٥ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٨١٣٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٢١٣٤٠ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٢١٩٧٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ ٢٨ :‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ )ﻧﺴﺒﺔ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٢٠ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٦٢ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻓني ‪ ١٦‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم إﻋﺎدة إﻧﺘﺎج‪ :‬ﻣﺸﱰك ﺑﻄﺮﻓني‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت‪ ١٥٨ φ :‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺔ اﳌﺎء‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط اﻟﺒﻮﱄ ﺑﺮوﺑﻠني اﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻤﻬﺪة‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ‪ ١٣٠ :‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫اﳌﺴﻘﺴﻖ‪ :‬ﻗﺒﺔ ‪ ٣٠ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫اﳌﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ٤ :‬أوم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ٨٨ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ ١٫٥±‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰدد‪ ٣١ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ١٦‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)–‪ ٢٠‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ٢٠٠ :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ٢٥ :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺎدة ﺻﻤﻐﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﺎدة ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة‬
‫اﻟﻮزن )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺳامﻋﺔ مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ أﺟﺰاء اﳌﻠﺤﻖ(‪ ٠٫٤٥ :‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ أﻃﺮاف ‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ × ‪ ٩‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم إﻋﺎدة إﻧﺘﺎج‪ :‬ﻣﺸﱰك ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ أﻃﺮاف‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت‪ ١٦٣ :‬ﻣﻠﻢ × ‪ ٢٣٧‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط اﻟﺒﻮﱄ ﺑﺮوﺑﻠني اﳌﺼﻤﻢ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﻋﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻤﻬﺪة‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ‪ ١٥٠ :‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ٥٢ φ :‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ‪ ١٢ :‬ﺟﻢ‬
‫اﳌﺴﻘﺴﻖ‪ ١١ φ :‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫اﳌﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ٤ :‬أوم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ٨٨ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ ١٫٥±‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰدد‪ ٢٨ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ٣٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)–‪ ٢٠‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‪ ٢٣٠ :‬وات‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻹﺳﻤﻴﺔ‪ ٣٠ :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﺎدة اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ :‬ﻣﺎدة ﺻﻤﻐﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﺎدة ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة‬
‫اﻟﻮزن )ﻟﻜﻞ ﺳامﻋﺔ مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ أﺟﺰاء اﳌﻠﺤﻖ(‪ ٠٫٦٣ :‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت واﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﺪون إﺷﻌﺎر‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫إﺻﺪار ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ ID3‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫‪2.4 ،2.3 ،2.2 ،1.1 ،1.0‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪M3u‬‬
‫)ﺗﻌﻄﻰ اﻷوﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪ ID3‬اﻹﺻﺪار ‪ 2.x‬ﻋﲆ‬
‫اﻹﺻﺪار ‪(.1.x‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ MP3) MP3i‬ﺗﻔﺎﻋﲇ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪mp3 PRO‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪WAV‬‬
‫• ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺻﻴﻎ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ WAV‬ﻋﱪ ‪.MTP‬‬
‫اﻣﺘﺪاد اﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺎت ﺗﺠﺰﺋﺔ اﻟﻜﻤﻴﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎت‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﳌﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﱃ مثﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻬﺮﻣﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﲇ أﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳني‪(.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ‪٥٠٠‬‬
‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪١٥٠٠٠‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫مبﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻷول‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪.wav‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬و ‪،(LPCM) ١٦‬‬
‫‪(MSADPCM) ٤‬‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٤٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ٢٢٫٠٥ ،(LPCM‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ‪ ٤٤٫١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪(MS ADPCM‬‬
‫اﻟﻘﺮص‬
‫• ﺑﻐﺾ اﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻃﻮل اﻟﻘﺴﻢ اﻟﻔﺎرغ ﺑني اﻷﻏﺎين ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﻷﺻﲇ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﻊ وﻗﻔﺔ ﻗﺼرية ﺑني اﻷﻏﺎين‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﳌﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ إﱃ مثﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﻬﺮﻣﻲ اﻟﻌﻤﲇ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳني‪(.‬‬
‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪٩٩‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪٩٩٩‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫‪ ISO 9660 Level 1‬و ‪،2‬‬
‫‪Joliet ،Romeo‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﻟﺪورات‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺣﺰم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺄﺧري ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻊ ﻛﺜري ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼت اﳌﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻤﻠﻮﻛﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬وﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻬﺎ أو‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ‬
‫‪.Microsoft Licensing, Inc.‬‬
‫‪AndroidTM‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪Google‬‬
‫‪.Inc.‬‬
‫‪MIXTRAX‬‬
‫‪ MIXTRAX‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪PIONEER‬‬
‫‪.CORPORATION‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ أرﻗﺎم اﳌﺠﻠﺪات وﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﳌﻠﻒ اﻟﺼﻮيت ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎل اﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ ﺻﻮيت ﻣﻀﻐﻮط‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪر اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﳌﺼﻨﻒ‪ ١٤٫٤ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ )ﻣﺪى‬
‫اﻟﺠﻬﺪ اﳌﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ‪ ١٢٫٠ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ إﱃ ‪ ١٤٫٤‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ(‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ‪ :‬ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻬﻼك اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ اﻷﻗﴡ‪ ١٠٫٠ :‬أﻣﺒري‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ﻃﻮل × ﻋﻤﻖ(‪:‬‬
‫‪DIN‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‪ ١٧٨ :‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ١٦٥‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫اﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ١٨٨ :‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٥٨‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫اﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ‪ ١٧٨ :‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٥٠‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ١٦٥‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫اﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ‪ ١٧٠ :‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٤٦‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ١٧‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮزن‪ ١ :‬ﻛﻎ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪ ٤‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪ ٣‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪ ٢‬اﳌﺴﺘﻮى ‪١‬‬
‫‪ 01‬إﱃ ‪ :05‬رﻗﻢ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫إﱃ ‪ :‬ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻨﺴﺦ واﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫‪WMA‬‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪/‬أو دول أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﻟﻘﺼﻮى‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ ٥٠‬وات × ‪ ٤‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪ ٤/‬أوم )دون ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫• ‪ ٥٠‬وات × ‪ ٢‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪ ٤/‬أوم ‪ ٧٠ +‬وات × ‪ ١‬ﻗﻨﺎة‪٢/‬‬
‫أوم )ﳌﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫إﺧﺮاج اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﳌﺘﻮاﺻﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ٢٢‬واط × ‪ ٥٠) ٤‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ١٥٠٠٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪٪ ٥ ،‬‬
‫‪ ،THD‬ﺳﻠﻚ ‪ ٤‬أوم‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﺎدة ﻛﻠﺘﻲ اﻟﻘﻨﺎﺗني(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ‪ ٤ :‬أوم )‪ ٤‬أوم إﱃ ‪ ٨‬أوم ﻣﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ(‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻹﺧﺮاج اﻷﻗﴡ ﳌﻨﺎﻓﺬ اﻹﺧﺮاج‪ ٢٫٠ :‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺎف ﺟﻬﺎرة اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ١٠+ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ ١٠٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ ٦٫٥+‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ( )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪:‬‬
‫–‪ ٣٠‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎدل )ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻧﻄﺎق ‪:(٥‬‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪ ٨٠ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٢٥٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٨٠٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪/‬‬
‫‪ ٢٫٥‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٨/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺪى اﳌﻌﺎدﻟﺔ‪ ١٢± :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )ﺧﻄﻮة ‪ ٢‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )أﺣﺎدي(‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪ ٥٠ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٦٣/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٨٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪/‬‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٢٥/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ١٦٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٢٠٠/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء‪ ١٢– :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪/‬أوﻛﺘﺎف‪ ٢٤– ،‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‪/‬‬
‫أوﻛﺘﺎف‬
‫اﻟﻜﺴﺐ‪ ٦+ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ إﱃ –‪ ٢٤‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻄﺐ‪ :‬ﻋﺎدي‪/‬ﻋﻜﴘ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪CD‬‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‪ :‬ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻠﻘﺮص اﳌﺪﻣﺞ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ :‬ﻗﺮص ﻣﺪﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﺠﻴﺞ‪ ٩٤ :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ )‪ ١‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫)ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﻋﺪد اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‪) ٢ :‬ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ‪MPEG-1 & 2 Audio Layer 3 :MP3‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ‪ :WMA‬إﺻﺪار ‪،10 ،9 ،8 ،7.1 ،7‬‬
‫‪) 12 ،11‬ﺻﻮت ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( )‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪(Player‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة ‪ Linear PCM :WAV‬و ‪MS ADPCM‬‬
‫)ﻏري ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ‪ USB‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ USB 2.0 :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬
‫إﻣﺪاد اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ اﻷﻗﴡ‪ ١ :‬أﻣﺒري‬
‫ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ‪:USB‬‬
‫‪(Mass Storage Class) MSC‬‬
‫‪(Media Transfer Protocol) MTP‬‬
‫‪2.0 (Android Open Accessory) AOA‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎم اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‪FAT32 ،FAT16 ،FAT12 :‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ‪MPEG-1 & 2 Audio :MP3‬‬
‫‪Layer 3‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ‪ :WMA‬إﺻﺪار ‪،10 ،9 ،8 ،7.1 ،7‬‬
‫‪) 12 ،11‬ﺻﻮت ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( )‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪(Player‬‬
‫‪١٥ Ar‬‬
‫‪PROTECT‬‬
‫‪‬ﻛﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﰲ اﻟﻘﺮص اﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫‪.DRM‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫‪FORMAT READ‬‬
‫‪‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺄﺧري ﺑني ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫وﺑﺪء ﺳامع أي ﺻﻮت‪.‬‬
‫– اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO AUDIO‬‬
‫‪‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ أﻏﺎين‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ إﱃ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺣامﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل‪.‬‬
‫– اﺗﺒﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴامت ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﺤامﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SKIPPED‬‬
‫‪‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻳﺤﻮي ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ‪.DRM‬‬
‫– ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪PROTECT‬‬
‫‪‬ﻛﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل‬
‫ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪.DRM‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪N/A USB‬‬
‫‪‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز واﺳﺘﺒﺪاﻟﻪ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻳﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ أﻛرث ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ‬
‫اﳌﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬وﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻋﲆ ‪ OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﲆ ‪ ACC‬أو ‪.ON‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ USB‬اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-19‬‬
‫‪‬أﺧﻔﻖ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء إﺣﺪى اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪر ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻋﲆ ‪ OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﲆ‬
‫‪.ON‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﻴري إﱃ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-23‬‬
‫‪‬مل ﺗﺘﻢ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺼﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ FAT12‬أو‬
‫‪ FAT16‬أو ‪.FAT32‬‬
‫‪STOP‬‬
‫‪‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ أﻏﺎين ﰲ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– اﺧﱰ ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ أﻏﺎين‪.‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات ﺣﻮل اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫اﻷﻗﺮاص واﳌﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺘﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺸﻌﺎرﻳﻦ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴني‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪HUB ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬اﳌﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﱪ ﻣﻮزع ‪ USB‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍة إﱃ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪CHECK USB‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ دارة ﻗﺼرية ﰲ اﳌﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫– ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﻣﺴﻚ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﴚء ﻣﺎ أو ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻗﺮاص ‪ ١٢‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم أﻗﺮاص داﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ وﻣﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷﻧﻮاع اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪:‬‬
‫– اﻷﻗﺮاص اﳌﺰدوﺟﺔ‬
‫– أﻗﺮاص ‪ ٨‬ﺳﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺤﺎوﻻت اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫– أﻗﺮاص ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫– أﻗﺮاص أﺧﺮى ﻏري اﻷﻗﺮاص اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ ‪CD‬‬
‫– اﻷﻗﺮاص اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ اﻷﻗﺮاص اﳌﺨﺪوﺷﺔ أو‬
‫اﳌﻜﴪة أو اﳌﺸﻮﻫﺔ‬
‫– أﻗﺮاص ‪ CD-R/RW‬اﻟﺘﻲ مل ﻳﺘﻢ إﻧﻬﺎء إﻋﺪادﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﺐ أو ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻮاد ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ‪ ،CD‬ﻗﻢ مبﺴﺢ اﻟﻘﺮص ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﺨﺎرج‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﺘﻜﺜﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﻌﻒ أداء اﳌﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺤﻮاﱄ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ واﺣﺪة ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ درﺟﺔ ﺣﺮارة أﻛرث‬
‫دﻓﺌﺎ‪ .‬اﻣﺴﺢ أﻳﻀﺎ أي ﻗﺮص رﻃﺐ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام أﻗﺮاص ميﻜﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ أﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴامت واﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮات‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄن اﻷﻗﺮاص‪ .‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﻗﺮاص‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻹدﺧﺎل‬
‫واﻹﺧﺮاج ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺎ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي‬
‫إﱃ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺎ أو ﻏريﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﳌﻮاد ﻋﲆ اﻷﻗﺮاص‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺸﻮه اﻷﻗﺮاص ﻣام ﻳﺠﻌﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص ﻏري ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺼﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎت أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ومتﻨﻊ إﺧﺮاج‬
‫اﻷﻗﺮاص‪ ،‬ﻣام ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ ﺗﻠﻒ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ دﻋﻢ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﻋﱪ اﳌﻮزﻋﺎت ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻣني ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪ .‬ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﱰك ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﲆ اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺤﴩ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻔﺮاﻣﻞ أو دواﺳﺔ اﻟﴪﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﻋﺘامدا ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ،USB‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪث اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌﺮف ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸﺎ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻻﺳﺘامع‬
‫ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻀﻐﻮط‬
‫• ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض اﻷﺣﺮف ‪ ٣٢‬اﻷوﱃ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﻣﻠﻒ )مبﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ اﻣﺘﺪاد اﳌﻠﻒ( أو اﺳﻢ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺴﺐ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻟﺘﺸﻔري ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.WMA‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺄﺧري ﻃﻔﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﺻﻮر أو ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻊ اﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻼت‬
‫اﳌﺠﻠﺪات‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ‪ Pioneer‬اﻟﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ أﺟﻬﺰة‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ ،USB‬ﻛام ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ أي ﻣﺴﺆوﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ أﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺴﺎرة ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت ﰲ أﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أو اﻟﻬﻮاﺗﻒ اﻟﺬﻛﻴﺔ‬
‫أو أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮى أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﱰك اﻷﻗﺮاص أو ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﰲ أي ﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮن ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪرﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪WMA‬‬
‫اﻣﺘﺪاد اﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎت‬
‫™‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪.wma‬‬
‫‪ ٤٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﱃ‬
‫‪ ٣٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ ٤٨ ،(CBR‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﱃ ‪ ٣٨٤‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪(VBR‬‬
‫‪ ٣٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٤٤٫١ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٤٨ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫‪،Audio Professional‬‬
‫‪DRM/Voice ،Lossless‬‬
‫‪ Stream/Stream‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪MP3‬‬
‫اﻣﺘﺪاد اﳌﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪل اﻟﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎت‬
‫‪.mp3‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ إﱃ‬
‫‪ ٣٢٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﺖ ﰲ اﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪VBR ،(CBR‬‬
‫‪ ٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ إﱃ ‪ ٤٨‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪ ٣٢‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٤٤٫١ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ٤٨ ،‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ(‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ أﻃﺮاف ‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ × ‪ ٩‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫أﻣﺎم‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪ ٥٫٦‬ﻣﻠﻢ × ‪ ٨٫٧‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٣٧‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٦٦٫٦‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١١٧٫٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٨٢‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪ ٤٫٨ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪ ٢٨٫٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٢٢‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٦٢‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٧٧٫٦‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٦٦٫٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٦٥ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٥٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٦٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ ﻛام ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري ﻧﻄﺎق إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬اﻋﺘامدا ﻋﲆ ﻧﻄﺎق إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻐري اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‬
‫اﳌﺨﺘﺎر ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺠﻠﺪ أو ﻣﺴﺎر آﺧﺮ أو أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‪/‬اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫– اﺧﱰ ﻧﻄﺎق إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﺪدا‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻣري اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ ٤‬ﻣﻠﻢ × ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫رﻛّﺐ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ ﻛام ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬مل ﻳﺘﻢ إﺟﺮاء أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺤﻮاﱄ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– إﺟﺮاء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫مل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺠﻠﺪات اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫]‪) [FLD‬إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫– اﺧﱰ ﻧﻄﺎق إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬أﻧﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﺟﻬﺎزا ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ اﳌﺤﻤﻮل اﻟﺬي ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺸﺎ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺎ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫رﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻣﺸﱰك‬
‫‪AMP ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗﻔﺸﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ أو اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻜﱪ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﺪاﺋﺮة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﻮاﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻋﲆ ‪ OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﲆ ‪ON‬‬
‫ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪ .‬إذا ﺑﻘﻴﺖ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻮزع أو‬
‫مبﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ‪ Pioneer‬اﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪة ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،NO TITLE) NO XXXX‬ﻣﺜﻼ(‬
‫‪‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﻧﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﺪرﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض أو ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪/‬ﻣﻠﻒ آﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪CD‬‬
‫‪ERROR-07, 11, 12, 17, 30‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻘﺮص ﻣﺘﺴﺦ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻘﺮص ﻣﺨﺪوش‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-07, 10, 11, 12, 15, 17, 30, A0‬‬
‫‪‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ أو ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴيك‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻋﲆ ‪ OFF‬ﺛﻢ ﻋﲆ ‪،ON‬‬
‫أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ إﱃ ﻣﺼﺪر آﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ‪.CD‬‬
‫‪ERROR-15‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻘﺮص اﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﺎرغ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-23‬‬
‫‪‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ CD‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫‪FORMAT READ‬‬
‫‪‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻷﺣﻴﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﺗﺄﺧري ﺑني ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫وﺑﺪء ﺳامع أي ﺻﻮت‪.‬‬
‫– اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ وﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO AUDIO‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻘﺮص اﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺤﻮي أي ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﻘﺮص‪.‬‬
‫‪SKIPPED‬‬
‫‪‬اﻟﻘﺮص اﳌﺪﺧﻞ ﻳﺤﻮي ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﺤﻤﻴﺔ ‪.DRM‬‬
‫– ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣ Ar‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ّ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﳌﻮﺿﻊ اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺘﻮاﻓﻖ اﻟﺜﻘﻮب‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻟﺪﻋﺎﻣﺔ وﺟﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺪ ﺑﺮﻏﻴني ﻋﲆ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻓني ‪ ١٦‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﻣﺴﻨﻤﻲ )‪ ٥‬ﻣﻢ × ‪ ٩‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫دﻋﺎﻣﺔ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة أو وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة )ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻢ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺮف اﳌﺜﻠﻮم‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل اﻟﺴﻬﻞ‬
‫إﱃ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ اﻟﺰﺧﺮﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ اﻟﻄﺮف اﳌﺜﻠﻮم ﻟﻸﺳﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻹﺧﺮاج اﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻛﲇ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮان ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬام‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫أﻣﺎم‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪°45‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎت ‪ ٤٫٣ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٤٢ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٢٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١١٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٢٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٠٠‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١١٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪ ٤٫٣ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫رﻛّﺐ اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ ﻛام ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺎﻣﻮﻟﺔ اﻟﴪﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻣري اﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ )‪ ٤‬ﻣﻠﻢ × ‪ ٢٥‬ﻣﻠﻢ(‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ )رﻣﺎدي أو أﺑﻴﺾ(‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫‪ ١٣‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٤١‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٦٥ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٢٨ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٥٨ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ١٧٠ φ‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫‪ ٢٧‬ﻣﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪد ﻣﻜﺎن اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ ﻛام ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺎت ﻛام ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﰲ اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪) .‬إذا ﻟﺰم‬
‫اﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻧﺔ اﻟﺒﺎب‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫إرﺳﺎل إﺷﺎرات ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﱪ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ أزرق‪/‬أﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ أو مبﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﻞ‬
‫ذايت اﻟﻬﻮايئ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة )اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻣﻠﲇ أﻣﺒري‬
‫‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ(‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﺑﻬﻮايئ‬
‫زﺟﺎﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ مبﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺤﻮل اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ اﳌﻌﺰز‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑﺪا ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ مبﻮﺻﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‪ .‬وأﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫أﺑﺪا ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﻟﻠﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ .‬اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆدي ﻻﺳﺘﻨﺰاف ﺷﺤﻨﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﻋﻄﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺪون اﳌﻀﺨﻢ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫إدﺧﺎل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫إﺧﺮاج ﺧﻠﻔﻲ أو إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﺻامم ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ )‪ ١٠‬أﻣﺒري(‬
‫إدﺧﺎل ﺳﻠيك ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻠيك )ﻳﺒﺎع‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﱪ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ مبﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺎم‬
‫ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻋﲆ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ميﺜﻞ ﻣﻀﺨام ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺎن ‪٤‬‬
‫أوم ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻن ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮازي ﺣﻤﻼ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ‪ ٢‬أوم‪.‬‬
‫إﱃ إدﺧﺎل ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎر‬
‫ميني‬
‫ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫أﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫أﺑﻴﺾ‪/‬أﺳﻮد‬
‫رﻣﺎدي‬
‫رﻣﺎدي‪/‬أﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺧﴬ‬
‫أﺧﴬ‪/‬أﺳﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ‪/‬أﺳﻮد‬
‫أﺳﻮد )ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺳﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻜﺎن ﻣﻌﺪين ﻧﻈﻴﻒ وﺧﺎل ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﻼء‪.‬‬
‫أﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﺎر ‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪.‬‬
‫أﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل‬
‫)‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ(‪.‬‬
‫أزرق‪/‬أﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ مبﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ أو ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﺣﻴﻞ ذايت اﻟﻬﻮايئ )اﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫أﻗﴡ ‪ ٣٠٠‬ﻣﻠﲇ أﻣﺒري ‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ ٤‬أوم(‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ‪ ٧٠‬واط )‪ ٢‬أوم(‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ واﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻟﺒﻨﻔﺴﺠﻲ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ أي ﳾء ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﻷﺧﴬ واﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫اﻷﺧﴬ‪/‬اﻷﺳﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )‪ ٤‬أوم( × ‪٢‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻷوﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬راﺟﻊ‬
‫]‪) [SP-P/O MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(٥‬إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻫﻮ ﺻﻮت أﺣﺎدي‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ )ﻳﺒﺎع ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ(‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ إﺻﺎﺑﺔ أﺣﺪ اﻟﺮﻛﺎب ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﴬر ﻟﻴﺰر ﺷﺒﻪ اﳌﻮﺻﻞ إذا ﺳﺨﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺮط‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺮج ﺳﺨﺎن‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺤﺼﻮل ﻋﲆ اﻷداء اﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺣﺴﺐ زاوﻳﺔ أﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦٠‬درﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬وﻟﻀامن اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮك ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺔ وراء اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ وﻟﻒ أي ﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﻣﺮﺗﺨﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺪ ﻓﺘﺤﺎت‬
‫اﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮاء ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎري‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺮك ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎ ﻓﺴﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫‪ ٥‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ اﻟﻨﻈﺎم‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ )ﻳﺒﺎع ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻼت ‪) RCA‬ﺗﺒﺎع ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﻺﺧﺮاج ﺧﻠﻔﻲ أو إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﺧﻠﻔﻲ أو ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻗﺎﻋﺪة ‪DIN‬‬
‫ﻛﻢ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈدﺧﺎل ّ‬
‫ﻛﻢ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﻚ ﺑﺮاﻏﻲ ﻟﺜﻨﻲ‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻣني ّ‬
‫اﻷﻃﺮاف اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )‪ ٩٠‬درﺟﺔ( ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻫﺎم‬
‫• ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت واﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﻨﻬﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم أﺟﺰاء ﻏري ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪة مبﺎ أن ﻫﺬا ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫أﻋﻄﺎﻻ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺳﺘﴩ اﳌﻮزع إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﻔﺮ ﺛﻘﻮب أو‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼت أﺧﺮى ﻋﲆ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‬
‫ﻛ ّﻢ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎم‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺒﺐ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻏري اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوزا أو أﻋﻄﺎل‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪١١ Ar‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪/‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‬
‫‪DIM SETTING‬‬
‫]‪[MANUAL] ،[SYNC CLOCK‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [1‬إﱃ ]‪[10‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟـ ]‪.[DIM SETTING‬‬
‫‪BRIGHTNESS‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪MIXTRAX‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫‪SHORT MODE‬‬
‫]‪،[2.0 MIN] ،[1.5 MIN] ،[1.0 MIN‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[3.0 MIN] ،[2.5 MIN‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻃﻮل وﻗﺖ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[SOUND LEVEL‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري منﻂ اﳌﺰج ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري منﻂ اﳌﺰج ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺗﺮدد اﻟﺠﻬري‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻐري منﻂ اﳌﺰج ﻋﺸﻮاﺋﻴﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ وﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ووﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﻋﲆ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ‪ MIXTRAX‬أﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‬
‫‪MIX PATTERN‬‬
‫]‪[LOW PASS‬‬
‫]‪[RANDOM‬‬
‫‪DISP FX‬‬
‫‪CUT IN FX‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• اﺳﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻜﱪات ﺻﻮت ﻓﻮق ‪ ٥٠‬واط )ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﻹﺧﺮاج(‬
‫وﺑني ‪ ٤‬أوم إﱃ ‪ ٨‬أوم )ﻗﻴﻤﺔ اﳌﻌﺎوﻗﺔ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم‬
‫ﻣﻜﱪات اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ ١‬أوم إﱃ ‪ ٣‬أوم ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻷﺳﻮد ﻫﻮ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أوﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ )ﻳﺒﺎع ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ أوﻻ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ أن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺠﺴﻢ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ وﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو أي ﺟﻬﺎز آﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﱪاﻏﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ .‬إذا ارﺗﺨﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ أو ﺳﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆدي ذﻟﻚ إﱃ‬
‫اﻧﺪﻻع ﻧﺎر أو دﺧﺎن أو ﺧﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﺄرﻳﺾ‬
‫*‪١‬‬
‫اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺠﺴﻢ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫أﺟﻬﺰة أﺧﺮى‬
‫)ﺟﻬﺎز إﻟﻜﱰوين آﺧﺮ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة(‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻫﺎم‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة دون وﺿﻊ ‪ACC‬‬
‫)إﻛﺴﺴﻮار( ﻋﲆ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل‪ ،‬ﻓﺈن ﻋﺪم ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻜﺸﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ اﺳﺘﻨﺰاف ﺷﺤﻨﺔ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون وﺿﻊ ‪ACC‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ‪ ١٢‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ وﺗﺄرﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻟﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆدي إﱃ اﻧﺪﻻع‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ أو ﺧﻠﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﳌﻨﻊ ﺣﺪوث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ أو ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ أو ﻋﻄﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺗﺒﺎع اﻹرﺷﺎدات أدﻧﺎه‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ اﳌﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺄﻣني اﻷﺳﻼك ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻚ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼت أو‬
‫ﴍﻳﻂ ﻻﺻﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻠﻒ ﴍﻳﻂ ﻻﺻﻖ ﺣﻮل اﻷﺳﻼك‬
‫اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ أﺟﺰاء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺤامﻳﺔ اﻷﺳﻼك‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼت ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻷﺟﺰاء اﳌﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ذراع ﻧﺎﻗﻞ اﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ وﺳﻜﻚ اﳌﻘﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﻛﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻼت ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ اﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ اﳌﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮب ﻣﻦ ﻣﺨﺮج ﺳﺨﺎن‪.‬‬
‫– ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮه ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼل اﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﳌﻘﺼﻮرة اﳌﺤﺮك‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ أي ﻣﻮﺻﻼت ﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﴩﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﺎزل‪.‬‬
‫– ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺼري أي ﻛﺎﺑﻼت‪.‬‬
‫– ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑﺪا ﺑﻘﺺ ﻋﺎزل ﻛﺎﺑﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﺎﺳﻢ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻷﺧﺮى‪ .‬اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺤﺪودة‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺻامم ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ اﳌﺤﺪد‪.‬‬
‫– ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑﺪا ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﴍة ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﺄرﻳﺾ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ أﺑﺪا ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﻛﺎﺑﻼت ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﳌﻜﱪات ﺻﻮت‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﻌﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪SYSTEM‬‬
‫‪EQ SETTING‬‬
‫]‪،[POWERFUL] ،[SUPER BASS‬‬
‫]‪،[VOCAL] ،[NATURAL‬‬
‫]‪[FLAT] ،[CUSTOM2] ،[CUSTOM1‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻄﺎق وﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﻌﺎدل ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق اﳌﻌﺎدل‪،[250HZ] ،[80HZ] :‬‬
‫]‪[8KHZ] ،[2.5KHZ] ،[800HZ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﳌﻌﺎدل‪ [+6] :‬إﱃ ]‪[–6‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أو ﺗﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻌﺎدل‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [CUSTOM1‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻗﻨﺎة‪ .‬وﻣﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺒﺎت أدﻧﺎه ﻋﲆ ﻧﻔﺲ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM2‬ﻫﻮ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﺸﱰك ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﻌﺎدل ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ أﻳﻀﺎ اﻟﺪﺧﻮل إﱃ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻘﻮاﺋﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫‪CLOCK SET‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٤‬‬
‫‪12H/24H‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ اﻟﱪﻣﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO PI‬‬
‫‪LOUDNESS‬‬
‫]‪[HI] ،[MID] ،[LOW] ،[OFF‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻟﺼﻮت واﺿﺢ مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[REV] ،[NOR‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪٢*SUB.W‬‬
‫‪٣*٢*SUB.W CTRL‬‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪،[63HZ] ،[50HZ] :‬‬
‫]‪،[125HZ] ،[100HZ] ،[80HZ‬‬
‫]‪[200HZ] ،[160HZ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻹﺧﺮاج‪ [–24] :‬إﱃ ]‪[+6‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء‪[–24] ،[–12] :‬‬
‫]‪[24H] ،[12H‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﻼﻣﺔ اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﲆ ]‪ [ON‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﺛﺎﻧﻮي ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪USB AUTO‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﱰددات اﻟﺘﻲ أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﻲ ﰲ اﻟﻨﻄﺎق اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻔﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ ]‪ [ON‬ﻟﻠﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ إﱃ ﻣﺼﺪر ]‪ [USB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪ USB‬إﱃ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ ]‪ [OFF‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANDROID WIRED‬‬
‫‪BASS BOOST‬‬
‫]‪ [0‬إﱃ ]‪[+6‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺠﻬري‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮدد اﻟﻘﻄﻊ‪،[63HZ] ،[50HZ] ،[OFF] :‬‬
‫]‪،[125HZ] ،[100HZ] ،[80HZ‬‬
‫]‪[200HZ] ،[160HZ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻻﻧﺤﻨﺎء‪[–24] ،[–12] :‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻟﱰددات اﻷﻋﲆ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮدد ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺮﺷﺢ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻌﺎﱄ‬
‫)‪ (HPF‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﱪات اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [+4‬إﱃ ]‪[–4‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪HPF SETTING‬‬
‫]‪[APP CONTROL] ،[MEMORY‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل اﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪.Android‬‬
‫‪P.APP AUTO ON‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ ]‪ [ON‬ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻋﱪ ‪) .AOA‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [MEMORY‬ﰲ ]‪(.[ANDROID WIRED‬‬
‫]‪[PRESET] ،[PIONEER] ،[OFF‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [PIONEER‬أو ]‪ [PRESET‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﺴﻠيك‪.‬‬
‫‪٢*١*S.REMOTE‬‬
‫‪SLA‬‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [SUB.W/SUB.W‬ﰲ ]‪ [SP-P/O MODE‬ﰲ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٥‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [REAR/REAR‬ﰲ ]‪ [SP-P/O MODE‬ﰲ اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٥‬‬
‫*‪ ٣‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [OFF‬ﰲ ]‪.[SUB.W‬‬
‫*‪ ١‬وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺴﻴﺎرﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻠﻚ أو ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪ PIONEER‬ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪة‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻃﻘﻢ اﻷﺳﻼك اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺎ ﻟﻜﻞ منﻮذج ﺳﻴﺎرة ﰲ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪ ،[PRESET‬واﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﺤﻮل ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪.[PIONEER‬‬
‫‪٩ Ar‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﲆ ‪Android‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫‪LOCAL‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[ANDROID‬‬
‫‪،[LV3] ،[LV2] ،[LV1] ،[OFF] :FM‬‬
‫]‪[LV4‬‬
‫‪[LV2] ،[LV1] ،[OFF] :SW/AM‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ أو ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﴎﻳﻊ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪/‬اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫أو‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪TA‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫أو‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺮور اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪(.FM‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.PAUSE/4‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﻟﺴامح ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺮدد ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﻘﺪم ﻧﻔﺲ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪(.FM‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ اﳌﺼﺪر اﳌﺨﺘﺎر ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﱪاﻣﺞ أﺧﺒﺎر‪.‬‬
‫)ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪(.FM‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻴﻖ اﳌﺼﺪر اﳌﺨﺘﺎر ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻧﺎت ﻃﻮارئ‪ .‬اﺧﱰ ]‪ [OFF‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[PCH] ،[MAN‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﻮاﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻮ‬
‫أو‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴني اﻷزرار‬
‫اﻷﺧﺮى )ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺔ( أو اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻨﻮات اﳌﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [1‬ﻓﻌﺎل ﳌﻌﺪﻻت ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [2‬ﻓﻌﺎل ﳌﻌﺪﻻت ﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ(‪[OFF] ،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻀﻐﻮط واﺳﺘﻌﺎدة اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﻐﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏريﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ USB‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪر وﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.MIXTRAX‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.CD-DA/CD-TEXT‬‬
‫‪NEWS‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫‪ALARM‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺪادات ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﺣﺪ اﻷﺻﻨﺎف اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• إﻋﺪادات ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٨‬‬
‫• إﻋﺪادات ‪) AUDIO‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٨‬‬
‫• إﻋﺪادات ‪) SYSTEM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٩‬‬
‫• إﻋﺪادات ‪) ILLUMINATION‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(١٠‬‬
‫• إﻋﺪادات ‪) MIXTRAX‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(١٠‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪S.RTRV‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪FUNCTION‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪AUDIO‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫‪BSM‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أﻗﻮى ﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )‪/1‬‬
‫‪ ( /6‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫إﱃ‬
‫‪REGIONAL‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ وﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﻮة اﻹﺷﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫‪١*FADER‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ واﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ اﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻟﱪاﻣﺞ إﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪) AF‬اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮددات ﺑﺪﻳﻠﺔ(‪) .‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق ‪(.FM‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻷﻳﴪ واﻷميﻦ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﺳﻢ اﳌﻠﻒ )اﳌﺠﻠﺪ(‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب أو اﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﻠﻒ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮض ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﰲ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬اﻟﺼﻨﻒ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر*‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬ﺻﻨﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ أﻏﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬اﻟﺼﻨﻒ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر*‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬ﺻﻨﻒ‪.‬‬
‫إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﺸﻮايئ‬
‫إﻳﻘﺎف ﻣﺆﻗﺖ‪/‬اﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﴘ )‪ CD/USB‬ﻓﻘﻂ(*‬
‫اﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑني اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻀﻐﻮط و ‪ CD) CD-DA‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺸﻐﻼت ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪USB‬‬
‫)اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺑﺮوﺗﻮﻛﻮل ﻗﺴﻢ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ .Android‬ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ اﻟﺤﺎﻻت‪ ،‬ميﻜﻨﻚ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻴﺎرات اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺼﺪر واﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺦ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﲆ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﰲ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪ ،‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺴﻢ اﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪة اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺨﺮوج ﻣﻦ اﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ورﻛﻦ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎن آﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة ﻋﲆ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪Android‬‬
‫ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻈﺎم ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ‪ Android OS 4.1‬أو أﺣﺪث وﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ‪AOA‬‬
‫)‪.2.0 (Android Open Accessory‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪/6‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪/5‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.PAUSE/4‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪/BAND‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪/BAND‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫* اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﳌﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺣﻮل ‪ USB) MIXTRAX‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺸﺊ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﻣﺰﻳﺠﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل إﻋﺪادات‬
‫‪ ،MIXTRAX‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.١٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫• ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﱪ ‪.MTP‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ‪ USB‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪر وﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﺑﺼﺪد اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ إﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﱰد اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫• اﻋﺘامدا ﻋﲆ اﳌﻠﻒ‪/‬اﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮن اﳌﺆﺛﺮات اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MIX/3‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.MIXTRAX‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﻋﱪ ‪) USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(٦‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [SYSTEM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [ANDROID WIRED‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [APP CONTROL‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﻋﱪ ‪.USB‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻮم اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [ON‬ﰲ ]‪) [P.APP AUTO ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ،(٩‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ وﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ اﻟﺨﻄﻮات‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫إذا مل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ Android‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ رﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺜﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ .Android‬اﺧﱰ ]‪ [OFF‬ﰲ ]‪ [P.APP AUTO ON‬ﳌﺴﺢ اﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٩‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر أي ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪.M.C.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﺤﻤﻮل‪.‬‬
‫‪٧ Ar‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [CLASSICS] ،[POPULAR] ،[NEWS/INFO‬أو‬
‫]‪.[OTHERS‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪.M.C.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻌﺜﻮر ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض اﺳﻢ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫• ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪.M.C.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺾ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﻦ اﳌﺸﺎر إﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ PTY‬اﻟﺬي ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺜﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• إذا مل ﺗﺒﺚ أي ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺬي ﺑﺤﺜﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮض ]‪ [NOT FOUND‬ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺛﻢ ﻳﻌﻮد اﳌﻮاﻟﻒ إﱃ‬
‫اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ ‪PTY‬‬
‫أﺟﻬﺰة ‪) USB‬مبﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ‪(Android‬‬
‫‪ ١‬اﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري إﱃ ﻣﺼﺪر ]‪ [USB‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ]‪ [USB AUTO‬ﻋﲆ ]‪ [ON‬ﰲ إﻋﺪادات ‪SYSTEM‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٩‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ Pioneer USB‬اﺧﺘﻴﺎري )‪ (CD-U50E‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ USB‬مبﺎ أن أي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻮﺻﻮل ﻣﺒﺎﴍة ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺳﻮف ﻳﱪز‬
‫ﺧﺎرج اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺧﻄريا‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ إزاﻟﺔ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت ‪AOA‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﻗﺎمئﺔ ‪ ،PTY‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة اﳌﻮﻗﻊ اﻹﻟﻜﱰوين اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://www.pioneer.eu/eur/products/25/121/tech/CarAudio/PTY.html‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻃﻼع ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،AOA‬اﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪MTP‬‬
‫‪AUX/USB/CD‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺑﻨﻈﺎم اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Android OS 4.0‬أو أﺣﺪث ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻋﱪ ‪ MTP‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﻜﺎﺑﻞ اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ .‬وﻣﻊ‬
‫ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻋﺘامدا ﻋﲆ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻﻮل وأرﻗﺎم اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ﰲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪/‬اﻷﻏﺎين ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ‪ .MTP‬ﻻﺣﻆ أن‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ MTP‬ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻎ اﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ ،WAV‬وﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪاﻣﻪ ﻣﻊ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.MIXTRAX‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫إذا اﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ ،MTP‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [ANDROID WIRED‬ﻋﲆ ]‪ [MEMORY‬ﰲ إﻋﺪادات ‪) SYSTEM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٩‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳامﻋﺎت اﻟﺮأس ﻣﻦ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﺼﺪر(‪OFF/‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫)إﺧﺮاج(‬
‫ﻓﺘﺤﺔ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﻘﺮص‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ١‬أدﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ اﻟﺼﻐري ﰲ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ إدﺧﺎل ‪.AUX‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [AUX‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [AUX‬ﻋﲆ ]‪ [OFF‬ﰲ إﻋﺪادات ‪ ،SYSTEM‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [AUX‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪر )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٩‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ إدﺧﺎل ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ ‪ ٣٫٥‬ﻣﻢ(‬
‫ﻗﺮص ‪) M.C.‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ(‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫‪ ١‬أدﺧﻞ ﻗﺮﺻﺎ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺮص ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻐﻼف ﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮاج ﻗﺮص‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ أوﻻ ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ إﺟﺮاء ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ إﻋﺪادات ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ أن اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪ .AUX‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،AUX‬اﺳﺘﺨﺪم اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‪/‬أﻟﺒﻮم*‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ /1‬أو ‪. /2‬‬
‫أو‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‪/‬أﻏﻨﻴﺔ )ﻓﺼﻞ(‬
‫أو‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ أو ﺗﺮﺟﻴﻊ ﴎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [DEMO OFF‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [YES‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات ‪INITIAL‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﺣﺘﻰ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [INITIAL‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺧﻴﺎر ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫‪FM STEP‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺧﻄﻮة اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ‪ FM‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ أو ‪ ٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[50] ،[100‬‬
‫‪AM STEP‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺧﻄﻮة اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ‪ AM‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ أو ‪ ٩‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[9] ،[10‬‬
‫‪SP-P/O MODE‬‬
‫]‪[REAR/SUB.W‬‬
‫]‪[SUB.W/SUB.W‬‬
‫]‪[REAR/REAR‬‬
‫‪SYSTEM RESET‬‬
‫]‪[CANCEL] ،[YES‬‬
‫رادﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﳌﺪى ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺄﺳﻼك إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻜﱪ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ وﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ‪.RCA‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻏري ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻼك إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ وﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺻﻮت ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﺈﺧﺮاج ‪.RCA‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﻜﱪات ﺻﻮت ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ اﳌﺪى ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﺳﻼك إﺧﺮاج‬
‫ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ وإﺧﺮاج ‪ .RCA‬إذا ﻛﺎن ﻫﻨﺎك ﻣﻜﱪ ﺻﻮت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﳌﺪى ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺳﻼك إﺧﺮاج ﻣﻜﱪ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ وﻋﺪم اﺳﺘﺨﺪام إﺧﺮاج ‪ ،RCA‬ميﻜﻨﻚ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺳﻮاء ]‪ [REAR/SUB.W‬أو ]‪.[REAR/REAR‬‬
‫اﺧﱰ ]‪ [YES‬ﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ إﻋﺪادات اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﺳﻮف ﻳﺘﻢ إﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎظ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻹﻋﺪادات ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ إﻋﺎدة ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[RADIO‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ /BAND‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻦ ]‪ [SW1] ،[AM] ،[FM3] ،[FM2] ،[FM1‬أو ]‪.[SW2‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر رﻗﻢ )‪ /1‬إﱃ ‪.( /6‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎد‬
‫ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻷزرار‬
‫‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [SEEK‬ﻋﲆ ]‪ [PCH‬ﰲ إﻋﺪادات‬
‫ذاﻛﺮة أﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت )‪(BSM‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ أﻗﻮى ﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )‪ /1‬إﱃ ‪.( /6‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [BSM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻨﻄﺎق‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮه ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮة‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﳌﺴﺢ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ‬
‫‪. /‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ]‪ [SEEK‬ﻋﲆ ]‪ [MAN‬ﰲ إﻋﺪادات ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻳﺪوﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺑﻴﻨام ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ أﺣﺪ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )‪ /1‬إﱃ ‪/6‬‬
‫( ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻣﻴﺾ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪PTY‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺿﻐﻂ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ‪.FM‬‬
‫‪٥ Ar‬‬
‫• إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺘﴪب ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺘﻬﺎ وﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺎت اﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬اﻟﺘﺰم ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮاﺋﺢ اﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ أو ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ اﻟﻬﻴﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﻴﺌﻴﺔ اﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ اﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪك‪/‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ أي ﻛﺎﺑﻼت واﻷﺟﻬﺰة ااﳌﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ وإﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎم‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ درﺟﺎت ﺣﺮارة ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ أو ﺗﺤﺖ أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﱰك ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻋﲆ اﻷرﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﴩ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻟﻔﺮاﻣﻞ أو دواﺳﺔ اﻟﴪﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‬
‫ﻫﺎم‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة ودرﺟﺎت اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ دامئﺎ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ اﳌﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﺒﺔ واﻗﻴﺔ أو ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻀري ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح اﻹﺷﻌﺎل ﻋﲆ ‪ ON‬ﺑﻌﺪ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ]‪ [SET UP :YES‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪.M.C.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﺄي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ .‬إذا ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﻋﺪم ﺿﺒﻂ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[NO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﺻﻠﺔ إﱃ ﺧﻴﺎر اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬أﻧﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎج ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎرك‪.‬‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫ﻋﻨﴫ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪CLOCK SET‬‬
‫‪FM STEP‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺧﻄﻮة اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ‪ FM‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ أو ‪ ٥٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[50] ،[100‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈزاﻟﺔ ورﻗﺔ اﻟﻌﺰل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫‪AM STEP‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺧﻄﻮة اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ‪ AM‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٠‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ أو ‪ ٩‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[9] ،[10‬‬
‫‪ ٣‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ]‪ [QUIT :YES‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم ﺑﻜﻞ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﻷول ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[QUIT :NO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ اﻹﻋﺪادات‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ‪ ٣) CR2025‬ﻓﻮﻟﻂ( ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮن اﻟﻘﻄﺒﺎن اﳌﻮﺟﺐ )‪(+‬‬
‫واﻟﺴﺎﻟﺐ )–( ﰲ اﻻﺗﺠﺎه اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻓﻮرا‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﺟﻬﺎز اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﺮارة اﻟﺰاﺋﺪة ﻣﺜﻞ أﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة أو اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﺎك ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻟﻼﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺒﺪال اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻧﻔﺲ اﻟﻨﻮع‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ مبﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ أو ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺄدوات أو أﺷﻴﺎء ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
‫• ميﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء إﻋﺪاد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪.OFF/SRC‬‬
‫• ميﻜﻦ إﺟﺮاء ﻫﺬه اﻹﻋﺪادات ﰲ أي وﻗﺖ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪادات ‪) SYSTEM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (٩‬وإﻋﺪادات ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٥‬‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء ﻋﺮض اﻟﴩح )‪(DEMO OFF‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪ M.C.‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [SYSTEM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫إذا واﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺼﻮرة ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓريﺟﻰ اﻻﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺄﻗﺮب وﻛﻴﻞ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أو ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺧّﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪.PIONEER‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫‪DXT-X1869UB‬‬
‫ﻗﺮص ‪) M.C.‬ﻣﺘﻌﺪد اﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ(‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﺼﺪر( ‪OFF /‬‬
‫زر اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪/BAND‬‬
‫‪) DISP‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪DISP OFF/‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫اﻟﻐﺮض‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ*‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪوﻳﺮ اﻟﻘﺮص ‪.M.C.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ + VOLUME‬أو –‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MUTE‬ﻟﻜﺘﻢ ﺻﻮت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﻛﺘﻢ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﺼﺪر‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪ .‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DISP OFF/DISP‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DISP‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪DISP OFF/DISP‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪/‬اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪. /BAND‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ /‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﳌﺠﻠﺪ اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫–‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪. /BAND‬‬
‫* ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻷزرق‪/‬اﻷﺑﻴﺾ مبﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎح ﺗﺮﺣﻴﻞ ذايت اﻟﻬﻮايئ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪ ،‬ﺳﻮف ميﺘﺪ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﻟﺴﺤﺐ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫اﻹﺷﺎرة‬
‫‪–/+ VOLUME‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪) DISP‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﺼﺪر(‬
‫ﴍح‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد ﺛﻠﺚ ﺳﻔﲇ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ أو اﳌﺠﻠﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺰر ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺤﺚ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺤﻠﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﻟﺴري‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) TA‬إﻋﻼﻧﺎت ﺣﺮﻛﺔ اﳌﺮور( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﱰد اﻟﺼﻮت )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(٨‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺸﻮايئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ إﻋﺎدة اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣ Ar‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء ‪٢...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‪٣......................................................................................................................‬‬
‫رادﻳﻮ ‪٥.....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪٦....................................................................................................AUX/USB/CD‬‬
‫وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪٧.................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‪٨...............................................................................................................‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪٨........................................................................................ FUNCTION‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪٨................................................................................................AUDIO‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪٩............................................................................................. SYSTEM‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪١٠.............................................................................. ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫إﻋﺪادات ‪١٠.........................................................................................MIXTRAX‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪/‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪١٠....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪١٣...................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﺷﻜﺮا ﻟﻚ ﻋﲆ ﴍاء اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ‪ PIONEER‬ﻫﺬا‬
‫ﻟﻀامن اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮاءة ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ اﳌﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎص أن ﺗﻘﺮأ وﺗﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮات‬
‫واﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت ﰲ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ .‬اﻟﺮﺟﺎء اﻟﺤﻔﺎظ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎن آﻣﻦ وميﻜﻦ اﻟﻮﺻﻮل إﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﰲ اﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ أو ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬إن ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻫﺬا اﳌﻨﺘﺞ أو ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ أﺷﺨﺎص ﺑﺪون ﺗﺪرﻳﺐ أو ﺧﱪة ﰲ‬
‫اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻹﻟﻜﱰوﻧﻴﺔ وﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت اﻟﺴﻴﺎرات ﻣﻦ اﳌﻤﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﺧﻄ ًﺮا وﻣﻦ اﳌﺤﺘﻤﻞ أن ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻟﺨﻄﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﻴﺔ أو ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮة‬
‫أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎول ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﻘﻴﺎدة‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺴري ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ وﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ آﻣﻨﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﳌﻨﻈامت ﰲ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺄن ﺗﺘﻌﺮض ﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ و‪/‬أو ﺳﻮاﺋﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪث ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو دﺧﺎن أو ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺣﺮص دامئًﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀً ﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎف ﻟﺴامع اﻷﺻﻮات اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ اﳌﺮن ﻟﻠﺴامﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻐري اﺗﺠﺎه ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻃﺮف اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪم ﺗﻼﻣﺲ اﻟﺴﻠﻚ وأﻃﺮاف اﻟﺴامﻋﺔ مبﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ إﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪ ،‬ارﺟﻊ أﻳﻀً ﺎ إﱃ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﺳﱰﻳﻮ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة اﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪم‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮل ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪:‬‬
‫• ﰲ اﻹرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺸﺎر إﱃ ذاﻛﺮة ‪ USB‬أو ﻣﺸﻐﻞ اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ”ﺟﻬﺎز ‪.“USB‬‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﻄﺮﻓني ‪ ١٦‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺳامﻋﺎت ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ أﻃﺮاف ‪ ٦‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ × ‪ ٩‬ﺑﻮﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﳌ ُﻨﺘَﺞ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻴﺰر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻳﻨﺪرج ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت اﻟﻠﻴﺰر‪.IEC 60825-1:2007 ،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻴﺰر ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪1‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬
۱۷ Fa
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ‪ PCM :WAV‬ﺧﻄﯽ & ‪MS ADPCM‬‬
‫)ﻏﯿﺮ ﻓﴩده(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ USB 2.0 :USB‬ﭘﺮﴎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪی‪ ۱ :‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ ‪:USB‬‬
‫‪) MSC‬ﮐﻼس ذﺧﯿﺮه اﻧﺒﻮه(‬
‫‪) MTP‬ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل رﺳﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫‪) AOA‬دﺳﱰﺳﯽ آزاد ‪2.0 (Android‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪FAT32 ،FAT16 ،FAT12 :‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﯾﯽ ‪،MPEG-1 & 2 :MP3‬‬
‫‪Audio Layer 3‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﯾﯽ ‪ :WMA‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪،11 ،10 ،9 ،8 ،7.1 ،7‬‬
‫‪) 12‬ﺻﺪای ‪ ۲‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( )‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪(Player‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ‪ PCM :WAV‬ﺧﻄﯽ & ‪MS ADPCM‬‬
‫)ﻏﯿﺮ ﻓﴩده(‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎب ‪FM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۸۷/۵ :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۰۸/۰‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ۷۵/μV ۱/۰) dBf ۱۱ :‬اﻫﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﮏ ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ‪ ۳۰ :S/N ،‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ ۷۲ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ‪AM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۵۳۱ :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۶۰۲‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪۹‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ ۵۳۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۶۴۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ ۱۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ۲۰ :S/N) μV ۲۵ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ ۶۲ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﺗﯿﻮﻧﺮ ‪SW‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ۲۳۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۷۷۳۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪۲۳۰۰‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۲۴۹۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۲۹۴۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ ۴۲۱۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۴۵۴۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪۵۱۷۵‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۵۸۲۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۶۴۵۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۷۱۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۷۷۳۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ ۹۵۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۲۱۹۷۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪۹۵۰۰‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۰۱۳۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۱۱۵۸۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۲۲۱۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۱۳۵۷۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪۱۳۸۷۰‬‬
‫‪۱۶‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۱۵۱۰۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۵۷۳۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۷۵۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۷۹۸۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪۱۸۰۱۵ ،‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۸۱۳۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۲۱۳۴۰ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ ۲۱۹۷۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ۲۰ :S/N) μV ۲۸ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ ۶۲ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۲‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۱۶‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ‪ :‬ﮐﻮاﮐﺴﯿﺎل دو راﻫﻪ‬
‫ووﻓﺮ‪ ۱۵۸ φ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺿﺪ آب‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط ﭘﻠﯽ ﭘﺮوﭘﯿﻠﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ زده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺗﺰرﯾﻘﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری زﯾﺎد‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻏﻠﺘﺎن‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫آﻫﻦ رﺑﺎ‪ ۱۳۰ :‬ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺗﻮﯾﯿﱰ‪ ۳۰ φ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ ﮔﻨﺒﺪی‬
‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﻧﺎﻣﯽ‪ ۴ :‬أوم‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪ ۸۸ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )‪ ۱/۵±‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۳۱ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۶‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )–‪ ۲۰‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻮان ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‪ ۲۰۰ :‬وات‬
‫ﺗﻮان ﻧﺎﻣﯽ‪ ۲۵ :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﺒﮑﻪ دار‪ :‬رزﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫وزن )ﻫﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎی ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ ۰/۴۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۳‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۹ × ۶‬اﯾﻨﭽﯽ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ‪ :‬ﮐﻮاﮐﺴﯿﺎل ﺳﻪ راﻫﻪ‬
‫ووﻓﺮ‪ ۲۳۷ × ۱۶۳ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط ﭘﻠﯽ ﭘﺮوﭘﯿﻠﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ زده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺗﺰرﯾﻘﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری زﯾﺎد‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻏﻠﺘﺎن‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫آﻫﻦ رﺑﺎ‪ ۱۵۰ :‬ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ ۵۲ φ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫آﻫﻦ رﺑﺎ‪ ۱۲ :‬ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺗﻮﯾﯿﱰ‪ ۱۱ φ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﻧﺎﻣﯽ‪ ۴ :‬أوم‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪ ۸۸ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )‪ ۱/۵±‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۲۸ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۳۲‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )–‪ ۲۰‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻮان ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‪ ۲۳۰ :‬وات‬
‫ﺗﻮان ﻧﺎﻣﯽ‪ ۳۰ :‬وات‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﺒﮑﻪ دار‪ :‬رزﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫وزن )ﻫﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎی ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ ۰/۶۳‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺑﺪون اﻋﻼم ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫™‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪Audio Professional,‬‬
‫‪Lossless, Voice/DRM‬‬
‫‪ Stream/Stream‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫وﯾﺪﺋﻮ‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪MP3‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪.mp3‬‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪۳۲۰‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ )‪،(CBR‬‬
‫‪VBR‬‬
‫‪ ۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۴۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ منﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫)‪ ۳۲‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪۴۴/۱ ،‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۴۸ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﮐﯿﺪ(‬
‫ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ‪ ID3‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ‪2.4 ،2.3 ،2.2 ،1.1 ،1.0‬‬
‫)ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ 2.x‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ‪ID3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ 1.x‬اوﻟﻮﯾﺖ دارد‪(.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪M3u‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫‪ MP3) MP3i‬ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪mp3 PRO‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪WAV‬‬
‫• ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪ WAV‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪MTP‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﺪﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای‬
‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل داده ﻣنت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ای‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ رده )ﯾﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﮐﺎرﺑﺮدی ﮐﻤﱰ از دو‬
‫رده ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪۹۹‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪۹۹۹‬‬
‫‪ ISO 9660‬ﺳﻄﺢ ‪ ۱‬و ‪،۲‬‬
‫‪Joliet ،Romeo‬‬
‫ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫روی ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻓﺮاوان‪ ،‬ﮐﻤﯽ ﺗﺎﺧﯿﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺎرﺗﯿﺸﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪی ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﺸﺖ رده )ﯾﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﮐﺎرﺑﺮدی ﮐﻤﱰ از دو‬
‫رده ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪۵۰۰‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪۱۵۰۰۰‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﭘﺎرﺗﯿﺸﻦ اول ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫ﺑﯿﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺪرﯾﺞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ منﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪.wav‬‬
‫‪ ۸‬و ‪۴ ،(LPCM) ۱۶‬‬
‫)‪(MSADPCM‬‬
‫‪ ۱۶‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۴۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)‪ ۲۲/۰۵ ،(LPCM‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫و ‪ ۴۴/۱‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪MS‬‬
‫‪(ADPCM‬‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻟﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﮐﺎرﺑﺮ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺷامره ﻫﺎی ﭘﻮﺷﻪ را‬
‫ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ داده و ﺗﻮاﻟﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮاﻟﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﭘﻨﻬﺎن درون ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫منﻮﻧﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ‬
‫‪DIN‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻓﴩده‬
‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﯽ‪ ۱۷۸ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۵۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۱۶۵‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫دﻣﺎﻏﻪ‪ ۱۷۰ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۴۶‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۱۷‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫وزن‪ ۱ :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺻﺪا‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪۴‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪۳‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪۲‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ‪۱‬‬
‫‪ 01‬ﺗﺎ ‪ :05‬ﺷامره ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ :‬ﺗﻮاﻟﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ و ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‬
‫‪WMA‬‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﯾﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﴍﮐﺖ ‪ Microsoft‬در اﻳﺎﻻت‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و‪/‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل دارای ﻓﻦ آوری ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫‪ Corporation‬اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺪون ﮐﺴﺐ ﻣﺠﻮز از‬
‫‪ Microsoft Licensing, Inc.‬اﻣﮑﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮزﯾﻊ آن وﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪AndroidTM‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪MIXTRAX‬‬
‫‪ MIXTRAX‬ﯾﮏ ﻣﺎرک ﺗﺠﺎری ‪PIONEER‬‬
‫‪ CORPORATION‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﯿﺎت‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫• ﴏف ﻧﻈﺮ از ﻃﻮل ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﯿﻦ آﻫﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ از ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫اوﻟﯿﻪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻓﴩده ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ وﻗﻔﻪ ﮐﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﺑﯿﻦ آﻫﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺳﯽ‪ ۱۷۸ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۵۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۱۶۵‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫دﻣﺎﻏﻪ‪ ۱۸۸ :‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۵۸‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۱۷‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺠﺎز‪ ۱۴/۴ :‬وﻟﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ )ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﺠﺎز‪ ۱۲/۰ :‬وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۴/۴‬وﻟﺖ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ(‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﯿﻨﯽ‪ :‬ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﻔﯽ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﻣﴫﻓﯽ‪ ۱۰/۰ :‬آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد )ﻋﺮض × ارﺗﻔﺎع × ﻋﻤﻖ(‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻮان ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ ۵۰‬وات × ‪ ۴‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ۴/‬اﻫﻢ )ﺑﺮای ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ(‬
‫• ‪ ۵۰‬وات × ‪ ۲‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ۴/‬اﻫﻢ ‪ ۷۰ +‬وات × ‪۱‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ۲/‬اﻫﻢ )ﺑﺮای ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ۲۲‬وات × ‪ ۵۰) ۴‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۱۵۰۰۰‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪٪ ۵ ،‬‬
‫‪ ۴ ،THD‬اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎر‪ ،‬درﺣﯿﻦ ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد ﻫﺮ دو ﮐﺎﻧﺎل(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﺎر‪ ۴ :‬اﻫﻢ )‪ ۴‬اﻫﻢ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۸‬اﻫﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ(‬
‫اﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ازﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ ﺷﺪه‪ ۲/۰ :‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻧﱰ ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﺻﺪا‪ ۱۰+ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪۶/۵+ ،‬‬
‫دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )‪ ۱۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ( )درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا‪ ۳۰– :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ(‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﮐﻨﻨﺪه )ﺗﺮازﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﺮاﻓﯿﮑﯽ ‪ ۵‬ﺑﺎﻧﺪه(‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۸۰ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۲۵۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۸۰۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪/‬‬
‫‪ ۲/۵‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۸/‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺗﺮاز‪ ۱۲± :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )ﮔﺎم ‪ ۲‬دﺳﯿﺒﻠﯽ(‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ )ﺗﮏ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ(‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ ۵۰ :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۶۳/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۸۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۱۰۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪/‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲۵‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۱۶۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۲۰۰/‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻧﺤﺮاف‪ ۱۲– :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ‪/‬اﮐﺘﺎو‪ ۲۴– ،‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ‪/‬اﮐﺘﺎو‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮه‪ ۶+ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ ﺗﺎ –‪ ۲۴‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎز‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ‪/‬ﻣﻌﮑﻮس‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ‪ :‬ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ :‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎرازﯾﺖ‪ ۹۴ :‬دﺳﯿﺒﻞ )‪ ۱‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫)ﺷﺒﮑﻪ ‪(IEC-A‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮐﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ‪) ۲ :‬اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﯾﯽ ‪،MPEG-1 & 2 :MP3‬‬
‫‪Audio Layer 3‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎﯾﯽ ‪ :WMA‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪،11 ،10 ،9 ،8 ،7.1 ،7‬‬
‫‪) 12‬ﺻﺪای ‪ ۲‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ( )‪Windows Media‬‬
‫‪(Player‬‬
‫‪۱۵ Fa‬‬
‫‪PROTECT‬‬
‫‪‬متﺎم ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی روی دﯾﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺣﺎوی ‪DRM‬‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫‪FORMAT READ‬‬
‫‪‬ﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺷام ﺻﺪا را ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻮﯾﺪ ﺗﺎﺧﯿﺮ وﺟﻮد دارد‪.‬‬
‫– ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﯿﺎم ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﺪا را ﺑﺸﻨﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO AUDIO‬‬
‫‪‬ﻫﯿﭻ آﻫﻨﮕﯽ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﺮده‬
‫و ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬اﻣﻨﯿﺖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– از دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﭘﯿﺮوی ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﻣﻨﯿﺖ را ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SKIPPED‬‬
‫‪‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ‪ DRM‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪PROTECT‬‬
‫‪‬متﺎم ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺎوی ‪ DRM‬ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪N/A USB‬‬
‫‪‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮد را ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮده و آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪CHECK USB‬‬
‫‪‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪ USB‬اﺗﺼﺎﻟﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫– ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪USB‬‬
‫در ﭼﯿﺰی ﮔﯿﺮ ﻧﮑﺮده ﯾﺎ آﺳﯿﺐ ﻧﺪﯾﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﻣﴫف دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﯿﺶ از ﺣﺪاﮐرث‬
‫ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮده و از آن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را روی ‪ OFF‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻪ‬
‫روی ‪ ACC‬ﯾﺎ ‪ ON‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻂ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-19‬‬
‫‪‬ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺮﻗﺮار منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– ﯾﮑﯽ از ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت زﯾﺮا را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را روی ‪ OFF‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه و دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ﺑﻪ روی ‪ ON‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﯾﮕﺮی ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-23‬‬
‫‪‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﺎ ‪ FAT16 ،FAT12‬ﯾﺎ ‪FAT32‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪STOP‬‬
‫‪‬ﻫﯿﭻ آﻫﻨﮕﯽ در ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ﯾﮏ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دارای آﻫﻨﮓ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ از دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ دارای ﯾﮑﯽ از‬
‫دو ﻟﻮﮔﻮی زﯾﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HUB ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ ،USB‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۴‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫• از دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ ۱۲‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ از دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮل و ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻣﺪور اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻧﻮع زﯾﺮ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫– ‪) DualDiscs‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی دوﺗﺎﯾﯽ(‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ ۸‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی‪ :‬ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﭼﻨﯿﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ آداﭘﺘﻮر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﺧﺎص‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺠﺰ ‪ CD‬ﻫﺎ‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی آﺳﯿﺐ دﯾﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮک ﺧﻮردﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺷﮑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﯾﺎ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺧﻮردﮔﯽ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ CD-R/RW‬ﮐﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫• از ﻧﻮﺷنت ﯾﺎ ﺑﮑﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻣﻮاد ﺷﯿﻤﯿﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺮ روی ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮای متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ ‪ ،CD‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم‬
‫از ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﯿﺮون ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪه را ﻣﻌﯿﻮب ﺳﺎزد‪ .‬ﺣﺪود ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد مبﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎی ﮔﺮم ﺗﺮ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺮﻃﻮب را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم‬
‫ﺧﺸﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﻣﮑﺎن ﭼﺎپ‬
‫ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ روی ﺳﻄﻮح آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎ و ﻫﺸﺪارﻫﺎی دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ وارد و ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ اﻣﮑﺎن‬
‫ﭘﺬﯾﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭼﻨﯿﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺳﯿﺐ دﯾﺪن اﯾﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﯿﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺗﺠﺎری ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻮارد را روی‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺧﻮرده و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻏﯿﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪن دﯾﺴﮏ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎ درﺣﯿﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ از ﺧﺮوج دﯾﺴﮏ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﯾﻦ اﻣﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺳﯿﺐ دﯾﺪن اﯾﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ‪USB‬‬
‫• اﺗﺼﺎﻻت از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﻫﺎب ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ از راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ‪ USB‬را ﮐﺎﻣﻼ‬
‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬از اﻓﺘﺎدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ‬
‫روی زﻣﯿﻦ و ﮔﯿﺮ ﮐﺮدن آن زﯾﺮ ﭘﺪال ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﯾﺎ ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸﮑﻼت زﯾﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ رخ دﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻓﴩده‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ ۳۲‬ﺣﺮف اول ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﺎم ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫)ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ( ﯾﺎ ﻧﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ ،WMA‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﯾﮏ ﺗﺎﺧﯿﺮ ﮐﻮﺗﺎه در اﺑﺘﺪای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ داده ﻫﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮی ﯾﺎ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه روی ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﯾﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮاﻟﯽ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫• ‪ Pioneer‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ﺑﺎ متﺎم دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی اﻧﺒﻮه ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻀﻤﯿﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ و ﻫﯿﭻ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺘﯽ درﻗﺒﺎل ازﺑﯿﻦ رﻓنت داده ﻫﺎ روی ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی رﺳﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ﻫﻮﺷﻤﻨﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ درﺣﯿﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل را ﺑﻌﻬﺪه‬
‫منﯽ ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫• از ﻗﺮار دادن دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی‬
‫‪ USB‬در ﻫﺮ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪WMA‬‬
‫ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ منﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪.wma‬‬
‫‪ ۴۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪۳۲۰‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ )‪،(CBR‬‬
‫‪ ۴۸‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪۳۸۴‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ )‪(VBR‬‬
‫‪ ۳۲‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪۴۴/۱ ،‬‬
‫ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ۴۸ ،‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۳‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۹ × ۶‬اﯾﻨﭽﯽ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻋﯿﺐ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ‪ ۸/۷ × ۵/۶‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫‪ ۲۳۷‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۶۶/۶‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫‪ ۱۱۷/۵‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۸۲‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﺎی ‪ ۴/۸ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪ ۲۸/۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۲۲۲‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۲۶۲‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۷۷/۶‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۶۶/۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۶۵ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۵۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۶۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۱‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓنت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻫامﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ در‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺎری‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ای ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻋﺎدی ﺑﺎز‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪود ‪ ۳۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﯾﮏ ﻋﻤﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪ ۳۰ × ۴‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ(‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری ﺑﻄﻮر ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮه ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﯾﮕﺮ ﯾﺎ درﺣﯿﻦ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﴎﯾﻊ روﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬روﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری را دوﺑﺎره اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ]‪) [FLD‬ﺗﮑﺮار ﭘﻮﺷﻪ(‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﺤﺪوده ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری دﯾﮕﺮی را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺷام از دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﯾﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﻤﺮاه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی اﻟﮑﱰﯾﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫اﯾﺠﺎد ﮐﻨﻨﺪ را از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دور ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫‪AMP ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﺎر منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﯾﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﯽ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را روی ‪ OFF‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻪ‬
‫روی ‪ ON‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﭘﯿﺎم ﺑﺎﻗﯽ مبﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﮐﺴﺐ راﻫﻨامﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺠﺎز ‪ Pioneer‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،NO TITLE) NO XXXX‬ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل(‬
‫‪‬ﻫﯿﭻ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺘﻨﯽ درون دﯾﺴﮏ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫– ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ داده ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‬
‫دﯾﮕﺮ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪CD‬‬
‫‪ERROR-07, 11, 12, 17, 30‬‬
‫‪‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬دﯾﺴﮏ دارای ﺧﺮاﺷﯿﺪﮔﯽ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-07, 10, 11, 12, 15, 17, 30, A0‬‬
‫‪‬ﯾﮏ ﺧﻄﺎی اﻟﮑﱰﯾﮑﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯿﮑﯽ رخ داده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را روی ‪ OFF‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻪ‬
‫روی ‪ ON‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪه و روی‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ‪ CD‬ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-15‬‬
‫‪‬دﯾﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه ﺧﺎﻟﯽ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR-23‬‬
‫‪‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ CD‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪FORMAT READ‬‬
‫‪‬ﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺑﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺷام ﺻﺪا را ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻮﯾﺪ ﺗﺎﺧﯿﺮ وﺟﻮد دارد‪.‬‬
‫– ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﯿﺎم ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد و ﺻﺪا را ﺑﺸﻨﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO AUDIO‬‬
‫‪‬دﯾﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه ﻫﯿﭻ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺸﯽ ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫– دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪SKIPPED‬‬
‫‪‬دﯾﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه ﺣﺎوی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪ DRM‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۳ Fa‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﺮدن از ﭘﺎﯾﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﺎی روی ﻗﻼب و‬
‫ﮐﻨﺎره دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫دو ﭘﯿﭻ را در ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۲‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۱۶‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﯾﺪ )‪ ۵‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ × ‪ ۹‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ(‬
‫ﻗﻼب اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫داﺷﺒﻮرد ﯾﺎ ﮐﻨﺴﻮل‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ )ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه(‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺰﺋﯿﻦ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺎری‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪H‬‬
‫‪I‬‬
‫‪°45‬‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﺎی ‪ ۴/۳ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۴۲ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۱۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۰۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۱۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪C‬‬
‫‪D‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫‪F‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ ۱۳‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۴۱‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۶۵ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲۸ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۵۸ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۷۰ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۲۷‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓنت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻫامﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮐﻪ در‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺰﺋﯿﻦ‬
‫زﺑﺎﻧﻪ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ دار‬
‫• رﻫﺎ ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺰﺋﯿﻦ را‬
‫آﺳﺎن ﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﺪد ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺗﺰﺋﯿﻦ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﺎره را ﺑﺎ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ دار ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﺪﻫﺎی ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه در دو ﻃﺮف دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫را وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ درﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد ﮐﻠﯿﮏ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از داﺷﺒﻮرد ﺑﯿﺮون ﺑﮑﺸﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪ ۴/۳ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ۱۲۸ φ‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ای ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪ ۲۵ × ۴‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ(‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ )ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی ﯾﺎ ﺳﻔﯿﺪ(‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫ﻫامﻧﻄﻮر ﮐﻪ در ﺗﺼﻮﯾﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ را اﯾﺠﺎد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) .‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﯿﺎز‪ ،‬دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫در را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه روﺷﻦ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ﺳﯿﻢ آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ارﺳﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﺳﯿﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )ﺣﺪاﮐرث‬
‫‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ ‪ ۱۲‬وﻟﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ دارای ﯾﮏ آﻧنت ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ای اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬آﻧﺮا‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﺑﺮق آﻧنت ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﯿﻢ آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮق ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮق آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ﺑﺪون آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ‬
‫اﺧﺘﯿﺎری‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ورودی ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻋﻘﺐ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ‬
‫ورودی آﻧنت‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز )‪ ۱۰‬آﻣﭙﺮ(‬
‫ورودی راه دور ﺳﯿﻢ دار‬
‫آداﭘﺘﻮر ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺎ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد )ﻓﺮوش ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﯾﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ را ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫درﺻﻮرت در ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬دو ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ‪ ۴‬اﻫﻤﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮازی‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎراﻟﮑﱰﯾﮑﯽ ‪ ۲‬اﻫﻤﯽ را منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽ دﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ورودی ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﭼﭗ‬
‫راﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‬
‫ﺧﺎﮐﺴﱰی‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه‬
‫ﺳﯿﺎه )ﺷﺎﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻠﺰی‪ ،‬متﯿﺰ و ﺑﺪون رﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫زرد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﺑﺮق ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ‪ ۱۲‬وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق )‪ ۱۲‬وﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )ﺣﺪاﮐرث ‪ ۳۰۰‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ آﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪ ۱۲‬وﻟﺖ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ )‪ ۴‬اﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ‪ ۷۰‬واﺗﯽ )‪ ۲‬اﻫﻤﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻨﻔﺶ و‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﯿﭻ ﭼﯿﺰ را ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺒﺰ و ﺳﺒﺰ‪/‬ﺳﯿﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ )‪ ۴‬اﻫﻢ( × ‪۲‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی اوﻟﯿﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫]‪) [SP-P/O MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۵‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ اﯾﺠﺎد‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ اﺛﺮ ﯾﮏ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫آﺳﯿﺐ ﯾﮏ ﴎﻧﺸﯿﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﯿﺰر ﻧﯿﻤﻪ رﺳﺎﻧﺎ درﺻﻮرت ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن ﺑﯿﺶ از ﺣﺪ آﺳﯿﺐ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺑﯿﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را دور از ﻣﮑﺎن ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮم ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﯽ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﺨﺎری ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﻬﯿﻨﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﯽ ﮔﯿﺮد ﮐﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ‪ ۶۰‬درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﯾﮏ زاوﯾﻪ ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ ۶۰‬درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫درﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎی ﮐﺎﻓﯽ در ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻗﺮار داده و متﺎم ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺎی رﻫﺎﺷﺪه را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ را ﻣﺴﺪود ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق )ﻓﺮوش ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۵‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ ﻓﻀﺎی ﮐﺎﻓﯽ درﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‬
‫‪ ۵‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق )ﻓﺮوش ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ‪ RCA‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﻓﺮوش‬
‫ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻋﻘﺐ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﺎﯾﻪ ‪DIN‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﭘﺎﯾﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه را درون داﺷﺒﻮر وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ ﭘﯿﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ‪ ،‬زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی را‬
‫در ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد ﺧﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )‪ ۹۰‬درﺟﻪ( ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﯾﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ‪ ،‬متﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﯿﺮﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ زﯾﺮا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• اﮔﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮدن ﻧﯿﺎزﻣﻨﺪ ﺳﻮراخ ﮐﺮدن ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮات در‬
‫وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• از ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﺮدن اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻣﮑﺎن ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺧﻮدداری‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ‪:‬‬
‫داﺷﺒﻮرد‬
‫ﭘﺎﯾﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫• ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﮑﻢ در ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﯾﺪار ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺟﻬﺶ ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪۱۱ Fa‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫‪DIM SETTING‬‬
‫]‪[MANUAL] ،[SYNC CLOCK‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪BRIGHTNESS‬‬
‫]‪ [1‬ﺗﺎ ]‪[10‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ در دﺳﱰس ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ]‪[DIM SETTING‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪MIXTRAX‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫‪SHORT MODE‬‬
‫]‪،[2.0 MIN] ،[1.5 MIN] ،[1.0 MIN‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[3.0 MIN] ،[2.5 MIN‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[SOUND LEVEL‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮه ﻫﺎی وﯾﮋه ‪ MIXTRAX‬را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮی ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮی ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ مبﯽ ﺻﺪا ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮی ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﯽ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا و‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﮔﺬر ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮه ﻫﺎی وﯾﮋه ‪ MIXTRAX‬را روی روﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫درﺣﯿﻦ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﻄﻮر دﺳﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮه ﻫﺎی وﯾﮋه‬
‫‪ MIXTRAX‬را روﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MIX PATTERN‬‬
‫]‪[LOW PASS‬‬
‫]‪[RANDOM‬‬
‫‪DISP FX‬‬
‫‪CUT IN FX‬‬
‫‪۱۰‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫• از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ‪ ۵۰‬وات )ﻣﻘﺪار ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ( و‬
‫ﺑﯿﻦ ‪ ۴‬اﻫﻢ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۸‬اﻫﻢ )ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۱‬اﻫﻢ ﺗﺎ ‪ ۳‬اﻫﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﯿﻢ ﺳﯿﺎه ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ اﯾﻦ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق )ﻓﺮوش ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ( ﻣﻄﻤﱧ‬
‫ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ اﺑﺘﺪا ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ را وﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق و اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﯾﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﯿﭻ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﭘﯿﭻ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﺑﯿﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻮزی‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﯿﺪ دود ﯾﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ‬
‫*‪۱‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻟﮑﱰوﻧﯿﮑﯽ‬
‫دﯾﮕﺮ درون ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ(‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺑﺮای اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﯾﮏ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪) ACC‬ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ( روی ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﺪم اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﯿﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﮐﻠﯿﺪ‬
‫اﺣﱰاق ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺨﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪ACC‬‬
‫• اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ‪ ۱۲‬وﻟﺘﯽ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺪم اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزی ﯾﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از اﺗﺼﺎﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن ﺑﯿﺶ ازﺣﺪ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘام از دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ‬
‫ﭘﯿﺮوی ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ را ﺑﺎ ﮔﯿﺮه ﻫﺎی ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺳﯿﻢ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮارﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﮐﺸﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮارﭼﺴﺐ را دور ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی در متﺎس اﺳﺖ ﺑﭙﯿﭽﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– متﺎم ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ را دور از ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻫﺮم دﻧﺪه ﯾﺎ رﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻨﺪﻟﯽ ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– متﺎم ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ را دور از ﻣﮑﺎن ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮم ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﺨﺎری ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺳﯿﻢ زرد را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آن از درون ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– متﺎم راﺑﻂ ﻫﺎی ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه را ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﻋﺎﯾﻖ‬
‫ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﮐﻮﺗﺎه ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻋﺎﯾﻖ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺑﺮق اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺮای‬
‫اﺷﱰاک ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﻧﱪﯾﺪ‪ .‬ﻇﺮﻓﯿﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺮﯾﺎن ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﺤﺪود اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫– از ﯾﮏ ﻓﯿﻮز ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﯿﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﻪ زﻣﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫– ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻔﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭼﭗ و راﺳﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪EQ SETTING‬‬
‫]‪،[POWERFUL] ،[SUPER BASS‬‬
‫]‪،[VOCAL] ،[NATURAL‬‬
‫]‪[FLAT] ،[CUSTOM2] ،[CUSTOM1‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺗﻮازن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM1‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮐﺪام از ﺗﺮﮐﯿﺒﺎت زﯾﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر روی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM2‬ﯾﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺸﱰک ﺑﺮای متﺎم ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﮑﺮر‪،‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن‬
‫اﮐﻮآﻻﯾﺰر را ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[HI] ،[MID] ،[LOW] ،[OFF‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای واﺿﺢ را در ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﮐﻢ ﺟﱪان ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[REV] ،[NOR‬‬
‫ﻓﺎز ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮازن را ﺑﺮای ﺳﻔﺎرﺷﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺎزی ﺑﯿﺸﱰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺗﻮازن‪،[250HZ] ،[80HZ] :‬‬
‫]‪[8KHZ] ،[2.5KHZ] ،[800HZ‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮازن‪ [+6] :‬ﺗﺎ ]‪[–6‬‬
‫‪۲*SUB.W‬‬
‫‪CLOCK SET‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۴‬‬
‫‪12H/24H‬‬
‫]‪[24H] ،[12H‬‬
‫‪AUTO PI‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ را ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﺎوﺟﻮد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫از ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ازﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻤﮑﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪،‬‬
‫روی ]‪ [ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫]‪ [ON‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ]‪ [USB‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺎرژ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫]‪[APP CONTROL] ،[MEMORY‬‬
‫روش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻫﺎی ﮐﻤﱰ از ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه از ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANDROID WIRED‬‬
‫‪P.APP AUTO ON‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ مبﯽ ﺻﺪا را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫]‪ [ON‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬از‬
‫ﻃﺮﯾﻖ ‪ AOA‬ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‪) .‬در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ‬
‫]‪ [MEMORY‬در ]‪ [ANDROID WIRED‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫]‪[PRESET] ،[PIONEER] ،[OFF‬‬
‫]‪ [PIONEER‬ﯾﺎ ]‪ [PRESET‬را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫دار ﺧﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪HPF SETTING‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ‪ ،[63HZ] ،[50HZ] ،[OFF] :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻓﯿﻠﱰ ﺑﺎﻻﮔﺬر )‪ (HPF‬از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪،[125HZ] ،[100HZ] ،[80HZ‬‬
‫]‪[200HZ] ،[160HZ‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻧﺤﺮاف‪[–24] ،[–12] :‬‬
‫‪SLA‬‬
‫]‪ [+4‬ﺗﺎ ]‪[–4‬‬
‫درج زﻣﺎن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB AUTO‬‬
‫‪BASS BOOST‬‬
‫]‪ [0‬ﺗﺎ ]‪[+6‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه ﻧﯿﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﯿﺎﺑﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪LOUDNESS‬‬
‫‪۳*۲*SUB.W CTRL‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ‪،[63HZ] ،[50HZ] :‬‬
‫]‪،[125HZ] ،[100HZ] ،[80HZ‬‬
‫]‪[200HZ] ،[160HZ‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ [–24] :‬ﺗﺎ ]‪[+6‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻧﺤﺮاف‪[–24] ،[–12] :‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪SYSTEM‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺠﺰ ‪ FM‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ]‪ [SUB.W/SUB.W‬در ]‪ [SP-P/O MODE‬در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۵‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ]‪ [REAR/REAR‬در ]‪ [SP-P/O MODE‬در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۵‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۳‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ]‪ [OFF‬در ]‪ [SUB.W‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪۲*۱*S.REMOTE‬‬
‫*‪ ۱‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ .‬دراﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫‪ PIONEER‬متﺎس ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ۲‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ]‪ [PRESET‬ﺑﮑﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬از ﯾﮏ ﻣﻬﺎر ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ ﺑﺎ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﺪل ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ و در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ]‪ [PIONEER‬از ﯾﮏ آداﭘﺘﻮر ﺑﺎ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺗﺠﺎری اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۹ Fa‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ روی ‪Android‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫‪LOCAL‬‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [ANDROID‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی اوﻟﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺪف‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﯾﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪/‬اداﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪TA‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ PAUSE/4‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺗﺮاﻓﯿﮏ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را درﺻﻮرت در دﺳﱰس ﺑﻮدن درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ‪ FM‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺟﺎزه دﻫﯿﺪ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت در درون ﻫامن‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدد‪) .‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ‪FM‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی اﺧﺒﺎر ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪) .‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ‪ FM‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪AF‬‬
‫‪NEWS‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﯽ را در ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮑﯽ از ﮔﺮوه ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۸‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) AUDIO‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۸‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) SYSTEM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۹‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) ILLUMINATION‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۱۰‬‬
‫• ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) MIXTRAX‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۱۰‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪FUNCTION‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫‪[LV4] ،[LV3] ،[LV2] ،[LV1] ،[OFF] :FM‬‬
‫‪[LV2] ،[LV1] ،[OFF] :SW/AM‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪت ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﺤﺪود ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALARM‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺑﺎ اﺧﺒﺎر ﻓﻮری ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ [OFF] .‬را‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﮐﺮدن اﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[PCH] ،[MAN‬‬
‫را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﮏ ﺗﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫)ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ( ﯾﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه از ﮐﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎی ازﭘﯿﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺨﺼﯿﺺ دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [1‬ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺮخ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﻓﴩده‬
‫ﺳﺎزی(‪) [2] ،‬ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺮخ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻی‬
‫ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی(‪[OFF] ،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه را ارﺗﻘﺎ داده و ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ را‬
‫ﺑﺎزﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در دﺳﱰس منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫‪ MIXTRAX‬روی روﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪ CD-DA/CD-TEXT‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪SEEK‬‬
‫‪S.RTRV‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫‪BSM‬‬
‫ﺷﺶ ﻣﻮرد از ﻗﻮﯾﱰﯾﻦ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر روی دﮐﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺷامره )‪ /1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ( /6‬ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪AUDIO‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ای ﺧﺎص را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ‪AF‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺎﯾﮕﺰﯾﻦ( اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪود ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ‪ FM‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫‪۱*FADER‬‬
‫‪REGIONAL‬‬
‫]‪[OFF] ،[ON‬‬
‫‪۸‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ و ﻋﻘﺐ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺪف‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ از ﯾﮏ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﯾﮏ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ از ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی درون ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﮔﺮوه‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه*‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ آﻫﻨﮓ در ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﮔﺮوه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه*‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮاری‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪/‬اداﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ رﯾﺸﻪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ‪*(CD/USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺑﯿﻦ ﺻﺪای ﻓﴩده و ‪) CD-DA‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(CD‬‬
‫دراﯾﻮرﻫﺎ را در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﻓﻘﻂ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ از ﭘﺮوﺗﮑﻞ ﮐﻼس دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه‬
‫ﺳﺎزی اﻧﺒﻮه ‪ USB‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫‪ ۱‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﺎم ﻓﺎﯾﻞ )ﭘﻮﺷﻪ(‪/‬ﮔﺮوه‬
‫دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺎﯾﻞ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﮔﺮوه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﮔﺮوه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /5‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ PAUSE/4‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /BAND‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /BAND‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه‬
‫در ﻣﻮرد ‪) MIXTRAX‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(USB‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ واﺣﺪ را از ﯾﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روی ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﺑﮑﺎر ﺑﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪ .‬در‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻣﻮارد‪ ،‬ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از واﺣﺪ ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻣﮑﺚ و ﻏﯿﺮه‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﮐﺪام ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎ روی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ در دﺳﱰس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ راﻫﻨامی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫از ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ درﺣﯿﻦ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ ازاﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ از ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎی روی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘام از ﺟﺎده‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪه و وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﺧﻮد را در ﻣﮑﺎن اﻣﻨﯽ ﭘﺎرک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮐﺎرﺑﺮان دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪Android‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی دارای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ Android OS 4.1‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر اﺳﺖ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ از ‪AOA‬‬
‫)دﺳﱰﺳﯽ آزاد ‪ 2.0 (Android‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺠﺎد اﺗﺼﺎل از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﯾﮏ ﻣﯿﮑﺲ ﺑﺪون وﻗﻔﻪ از ﮐﺘﺎﺑﺨﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﺷام را اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ ،MIXTRAX‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ۱۰‬را ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫• اﯾﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ MTP‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ MIXTRAX‬درﺣﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﺎزﯾﺎب ﺻﺪا ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪/‬آﻫﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻠﻮه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در دﺳﱰس ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪ MIX/3‬را ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ‪/‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﺑﺎﯾﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪) USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(۶‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [SYSTEM‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [ANDROID WIRED‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [APP CONTROL‬ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ‪USB‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ]‪ [ON‬در ]‪ [P.APP AUTO ON‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ،(۹‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﺪه و متﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻫﻨﻮز روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﺷام ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﯿﻐﺎﻣﯽ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ Android‬ﺷام‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﮐﻪ از ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ [OFF] .‬را در ]‪ [P.APP AUTO ON‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﯿﻐﺎم ﭘﺎک‬
‫ﺷﻮد )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۹‬‬
‫‪۶‬‬
‫‪۷‬‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮﺑﺎﯾﻞ آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪۷ Fa‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ از ﺑﯿﻦ ]‪ [CLASSICS] ،[POPULAR] ،[NEWS/INFO‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫]‪ [OTHERS‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎم ﴎوﯾﺲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ آن منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪) USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ‪(Android‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ درﮔﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ]‪ [USB‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪن ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪،SYSTEM‬‬
‫]‪ [USB AUTO‬را روی ]‪ [ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۹‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ PTY‬ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮه ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺷام را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮑﻨﺪ‪ [NOT FOUND] ،‬ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪود ‪ ۲‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‬
‫و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎب ﺑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬از ﺳﯿﻢ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ‪ (CD-U50E) Pioneer USB‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ زﯾﺮا ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﻪ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬از واﺣﺪ ﺑﯿﺮون ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ و ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ‪ ،PTY‬از وﺑﺴﺎﯾﺖ زﯾﺮ دﯾﺪن ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ‪AOA‬‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ‪PTY‬‬
‫‪http://www.pioneer.eu/eur/products/25/121/tech/CarAudio/PTY.html‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،AOA‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ۷‬را ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ‪MTP‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دارای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ‪ ۴/۰ Android‬ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ MTP‬ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی درون دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪/‬آﻫﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ MTP‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ MTP‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ‪ WAV‬ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﯿﺴﺖ و منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ MIXTRAX‬ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﯿﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪AUX/USB/CD‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﺮدن‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ از ﯾﮏ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ MTP‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ [ANDROID WIRED] ،SYSTEM‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ روی ]‪ [MEMORY‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۹‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ﻫﺎ را از آن ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‪OFF/‬‬
‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫)ﺧﺮوج(‬
‫ﺷﮑﺎف ﻗﺮار دادن دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ را درون ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪ AUX‬ﻗﺮار دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC ۲‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [AUX‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ [AUX] ،SYSTEM‬روی ]‪ [OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ [AUX] ،‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۹‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ اﺳﱰﯾﻮی ‪ ۳/۵‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰی(‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪) M.C.‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬درون ﺷﮑﺎف ﻗﺮار دادن دﯾﺴﮏ وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮدن ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ‪ ،‬اﺑﺘﺪا ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﺮده ﺳﭙﺲ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۶‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﯽ در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۸‬اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ AUX‬ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺑﮑﺎرﮔﯿﺮی ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪،AUX‬‬
‫از ﺧﻮد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫ﻫﺪف‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬آﻟﺒﻮم*‬
‫‪ /1‬ﯾﺎ ‪ /2‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‪/‬آﻫﻨﮓ )ﻗﺴﻤﺖ(‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﴎﯾﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﯾﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [DEMO OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [YES‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪INITIAL‬‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC ۱‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [INITIAL‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۴‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﮔﺎم ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ‪ FM‬را از ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ ۵۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪FM STEP‬‬
‫]‪[50] ،[100‬‬
‫‪AM STEP‬‬
‫ﮔﺎم ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ‪ AM‬را از ‪ ۱۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ ۹‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[9] ،[10‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺘﯽ‬
‫‪SP-P/O MODE‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ‪ RCA‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[REAR/SUB.W‬‬
‫]‪ [SUB.W/SUB.W‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ﻏﯿﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﺑﻮوﻓﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ‪ RCA‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺘﯽ و‬
‫]‪[REAR/REAR‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ‪ RCA‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﯾﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﭘﺸﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ‪ RCA‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﯾﮑﯽ از ]‪ [REAR/SUB.W‬ﯾﺎ ]‪ [REAR/REAR‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [YES‬را ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت واﺣﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬واﺣﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﺎزآﻏﺎز‬
‫‪SYSTEM RESET‬‬
‫]‪ [CANCEL] ،[YES‬ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫)ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺎزﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ازﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC ۱‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [RADIO‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /BAND ۲‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻧﺪ از ﺑﯿﻦ ]‪ [SW1] ،[AM] ،[FM3] ،[FM2] ،[FM1‬ﯾﺎ ]‪ [SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ /1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ( /6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻃﻼع‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ وﻗﺘﯿﮑﻪ در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ [SEEK] ،(۸‬روی ]‪ [PCH‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﻬﱰﯾﻦ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ )‪(BSM‬‬
‫ﺷﺶ ﻣﻮرد از ﻗﻮﯾﱰﯾﻦ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ روی دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره )‪ /1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ( /6‬ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﭘﺲ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [FUNCTION‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۳‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [BSM‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬ﭘﺲ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﺮدن ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه در دﺳﱰس‪ ،‬رﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪،‬‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺘﻪ‬
‫در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) FUNCTION‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ [SEEK] ،(۸‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ روی ]‪ [MAN‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ذﺧﯿﺮه اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ ۱‬درﺣﯿﻦ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﯿﺪ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﮑﯽ از دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره )‪ /1‬ﺗﺎ ‪/6‬‬
‫( را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن آن ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎی ‪PTY‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ( ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬درﺣﯿﻦ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۵ Fa‬‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی از ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬متﺎم ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎ و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﮐﺮده و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی‬
‫• اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮده و ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور را ﮐﺎﻣﻼ متﯿﺰ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺟﺪﯾﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم دور اﻧﺪاﺧنت ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬از ﻗﻮاﻧﯿﻦ دوﻟﺘﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮاﻧﯿﻦ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ و ﻣﺤﯿﻄﯽ ﮐﻪ در‬
‫ﮐﺸﻮر ﯾﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺷام اﻋامل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﭘﯿﺮوی ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫• ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور را در دﻣﺎﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﯾﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• از اﻓﺘﺎدن ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮ روی زﻣﯿﻦ و ﮔﯿﺮ ﮐﺮدن آن زﯾﺮ ﭘﺪال ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﯾﺎ ﮔﺎز ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫• از ﻗﺮار دادن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎی ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﺑﭙﺮﻫﯿﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را دور از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ و دﻣﺎﻫﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را در ﯾﮏ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﯾﺎ ﮐﯿﻒ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزی ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪ ،‬ورق ﭘﻮﺷﺸﯽ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ‪ (V ۳) CR2025‬را ﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﯿﺮی ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
‫)‪ (+‬و ﻣﻨﻔﯽ )–( وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﴎﯾﻌﺎ ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ دﮐﱰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﯾﺎ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ آﺗﺶ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫• اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬اﺣﺘامل ﺧﻄﺮ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر وﺟﻮد دارد‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی‪ ،‬آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰار ﯾﺎ اﺷﯿﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ ﯾﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را روی ‪ ON‬ﻗﺮار ﻣﯽ دﻫﯿﺪ‪ [SET UP :YES] ،‬در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۱‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ از ‪ ۳۰‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻋﺪم ﮐﺎرﮐﺮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﺟﯿﺢ ﻣﯽ دﻫﯿﺪ در اﯾﻦ زﻣﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ‬
‫‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [NO‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۲‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﭘﯿﺶ روی ﺑﻪ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺑﻌﺪی‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﯾﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺧﻮد را ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪CLOCK SET‬‬
‫ﮔﺎم ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ‪ FM‬را از ‪ ۱۰۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ ۵۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪FM STEP‬‬
‫]‪[50] ،[100‬‬
‫‪AM STEP‬‬
‫ﮔﺎم ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ‪ AM‬را از ‪ ۱۰‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ ۹‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪[9] ،[10‬‬
‫‪ [QUIT :YES] ۳‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ متﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت اﻋامل ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ آﯾﺘﻢ اول از ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [QUIT :NO‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای‬
‫ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ۴‬درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫• ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﻮ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ‪ OFF/SRC‬ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• اﯾﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) SYSTEM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۹‬و ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪) INITIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (۵‬اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ منﺎﯾﺶ دﻣﻮ )‪(DEMO OFF‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﻮی اﺻﻠﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ]‪ [SYSTEM‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﯾﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﮑﺮرا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﮐﺎر ﻧﮑﺮد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮑﱰﯾﻦ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮات ﻣﺠﺎز ‪ PIONEER‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد‬
‫ﻫﺪف‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن‪ OFF/SRC ،‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن‪ OFF/SRC ،‬را‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪ M.C.‬را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن*‬
‫ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد اوﻟﯿﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺮدن ﺻﺪا‬
‫‪DXT-X1869UB‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ‪) M.C.‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‪OFF/‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪/‬ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮه منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫‪/BAND‬‬
‫‪) DISP‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‪DISP OFF/‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻋﺎدی از ﻣﻨﻮ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﮐﺮدن‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ + VOLUME‬ﯾﺎ – را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪MUTE ،‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای وﺻﻞ ﺻﺪا‪،‬‬
‫دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ SRC‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ DISP‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ OFF/SRC‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ DISP OFF/DISP‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﺮدن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت منﺎﯾﺶ‪،‬‬
‫‪ DISP OFF/DISP‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی‪/‬ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫‪ /BAND‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ /BAND‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫–‬
‫دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* وﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﮐﻨﱰل ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ آﻧنت ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﯾﻦ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ ،‬آﻧنت وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻤﻊ ﮐﺮدن آﻧنت‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫‪–/+ VOLUME‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪) DISP‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪FUNCTION‬‬
‫‪) SRC‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ رده ﭘﺎﯾﯿﻦ ﺗﺮی از ﻣﻨﻮ ﯾﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ دﮐﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ،(۸‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺮاﻓﯿﮏ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪) TA‬اﻋﻼن وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﺗﺮاﻓﯿﮏ( ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(۸‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﺎزﯾﺎب ﺻﺪا ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ،(۸‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﮐﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﮑﺮار ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪۳ Fa‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺪرﺟﺎت‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر‪۲..................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ‪۳...........................................................................................................‬‬
‫رادﯾﻮ ‪۵.....................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪۶....................................................................................................AUX/USB/CD‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ از راه دور ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ‪۷............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‪۸................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪۸........................................................................................FUNCTION‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪۸............................................................................................... AUDIO‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪۹.............................................................................................SYSTEM‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪۱۰............................................................................. ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪۱۰........................................................................................ MIXTRAX‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪/‬ﻧﺼﺐ ‪۱۰......................................................................................................‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﯿﺸﱰ ‪۱۳......................................................................................................‬‬
‫در ﻣﻮرد اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨام‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر‬
‫از ﺷام ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮﯾﺪ اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ‪ PIONEER‬ﻣﺘﺸﮑﺮﯾﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺮای اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﺤﯿﺢ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨام را ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺷام ﻫﺸﺪارﻫﺎ و اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﻫﺎی اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨام را ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﯿﺪ و رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨام را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی در‬
‫ﻣﮑﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫• ﺷﺨﺼﺎً از ﻧﺼﺐ ﯾﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻓﺮادی ﮐﻪ از آﻣﻮزش و ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ در‬
‫زﻣﯿﻨﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﯿﺰات اﻟﮑﱰوﻧﯿﮑﯽ و ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺧﻮدرو ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺑﻮده و ﺷام را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻗﺮار دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﺎر ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺒﻞ از اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ از ﮐﻨﱰلﻫﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده منﺎﯾﯿﺪ از ﺟﺎده ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮﯾﺪ و‬
‫وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﻧﻘﻠﯿﻪ ﺧﻮد را در ﻣﺤﻞ اﻣﻨﯽ ﭘﺎرک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫• اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﯾﺎ ﻣﺎﯾﻌﺎت متﺎس ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮق ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﯿﻦ‪ ،‬متﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﯾﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﻪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬دود و ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺑﯿﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻤﯿﺸﻪ ﺻﺪا را ﮐﻢ و در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﯽ ﺣﻔﻆ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﺤﯿﻂ اﻃﺮاف را ﺑﺸﻨﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۱‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪۳‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ دﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﯿﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫از ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ دادن ﺟﻬﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓنت ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺧﻮدداری ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ و ﭘﺎﯾﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی در متﺎس ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺮﻗﺮاری اﺗﺼﺎل‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی اﺳﱰﯾﻮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﯿﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• در دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﯾﮏ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ ﻋﻨﻮان ”دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ “USB‬اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۲‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۱۶‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ‪ ۳‬ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ‪ ۹ × ۶‬اﯾﻨﭽﯽ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﯾﮏ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻟﯿﺰری ﮐﻼس ‪ ۱‬اﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻟﯿﺰری ‪ IEC 60825-1:2007‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻟﯿﺰری ﮐﻼس ‪1‬‬
‫‪۲‬‬
‫‪Fa‬‬
© 2015 PIONEER CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
<QRD3329-A> GS
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising